+ All Categories
Home > Documents > Geolgy Guide

Geolgy Guide

Date post: 02-Jun-2018
Category:
Upload: nomiawan66
View: 215 times
Download: 0 times
Share this document with a friend
137
8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 1/137 The Wellsite Guide  An Introduction to Geological Wellsite Operations © Bernhard W. Seubert Consulting Geologist Jakarta, September 1995
Transcript
Page 1: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 1/137

The Wellsite Guide

 An Introduction to Geological 

Wellsite Operations

© Bernhard W. Seubert

Consulting Geologist

Jakarta, September 1995

Page 2: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 2/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 2 Introduction

What th is text is about 

This text addresses geologists who are going out to work as wellsite geologists in an offshore

or onshore location for the first time. It gives instructions and a checklist-type overview over those wellsite operations which need geological input or supervision. T  HE W  ELLSITE GUIDE  is

not a sample description manual or geological data handbook. It is assumed that the wellsite

candidate is - first of all - a geologist and knows, owns and is capable of using the basic tool 

kit of geological reference books, log charts and computer utilities, as far as they are of 

relevance for the work. Therefore no formulae, graphs or similar material has been

incorporated into this text, they are better quoted from the original references.

T  HE W  ELLSITE GUIDE  is rather meant as a briefing instruction to those geologists who are

new to the trade or only occasionally wellsitting or, as a checklist for geologists who are

changing from one operator or operating area to another, facing new concepts, routines and 

 formats. It is also tried to introduce and illustrate modern or future developments that may

be new to some "old hands" with no recent exposure to the actual work. However, owing to

the fast development of techniques and methods, even this booklet will be outdated partly in

very short time.

Page 3: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 3/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 3 Introduction

I thank Dr. Wolfgang Monninger for his critical review of an early version of this text and many

constructive comments, most of which were incorporated. Thanks also to Mr. Richard Wells for his

editing work on several chapters.

Published On-Line by : PT. PetroPEP Nusantara

Version date: 21 March 2004

File : WGUID218.TXW

Page 4: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 4/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 4 Introduction

Contents :

List of Figures and Illustrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

1. The Job Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

2. Getting Mobilized . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

2.1. Duties, Responsibilities and Authorities . . . . . . . . . . . 8

2.2. Office Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

2.3. Materials and Equipment for the Wellsite Work . . 11

2.4. Travelling and Arriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

2.4.1. The Company Man (14)

3. On the Rig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

3.1. Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

3.1.1. Helicopter Safety (15)

3.1.2. Hydrogen Sulfide, H2S (16)

3.2. Working Space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

3.3. Wellsite Psycho-hygiene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

4. Supervising the Mudlogging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

4.1. General Aspects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

4.2. Consumables and Spare Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204.3. Specific Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

4.3.1. Gas Detection Equipment (23)

4.3.2. Other Checks in the Mudlogging Unit (26)

4.3.2.1. The Mud Pit Level Monitors

(26)

4.3.2.2. The Pump Stroke Counters

(27)

4.3.2.3. Hook Load Sensor (27)

4.3.2.4. Kelly Height Indicator (ROP

System) (28)

4.3.2.5. Mud Flow In/Out (29)

4.3.2.6. Rotary Table Speed (RPM)

(29)

4.3.2.7. Torque (29)

4.3.2.8. Mud Resistivity (30)

4.3.2.9. Mud Temperature (30)4.3.2.10. Mud Density (31)

4.3.2.11. Standpipe Pressure (31)

4.3.2.12. Casing Pressure (32)

4.3.2.13. Heave Compensator (32)

4.3.2.14. H2S Detector (33)

4.3.2.15. Sample Oven (33)

4.3.2.16. Video Display (33)

4.4. Mudlogging Procedures and their Checks . . . . . . . . 34

4.4.1. The Mudlogger's Work Sheet (34)

4.4.2. Chart Recorders and Charts (34)

4.4.4. Daily Reports (36)

4.4.5. Lag Time Calculation and Cuttings

Transport (36)

4.4.6. Hole Cleaning (39)

4.4.6. Kick (Pit Volume) Drills (40)

4.4.7. Sample Collection (40)4.4.8. Cuttings Sampling and Sample Interval

(41)

4.4.9. Calcimetry (42)

4.4.10. Shale Density (43)

5. Sample Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

5.1. Routine Samples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

5.2. Other Sample Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

5.3. Sample Shipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

6. Wellsite Geologist's Routines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

6.1. Reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

6.1.1. The Master Log (48)

6.1.2. The Daily Report (49)

6.1.3. Ad-hoc Reports (49)

6.1.4. Contribution to the Final Well Report

6 .1 .5 . Da ta Secur i ty and

Confidentiality (50)

6.2. Working with Cuttings Samples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

6.2.1. Sample Preparation (51)

6.2.2. Sample Description (51)

6.2.2.1. Tricks and Pitfalls (51)

6.2.3. Hydrocarbon Show Detection and

Description (52)

6.2.3.1. Gas Chart Interpretation and

Gas Shows (53)

6.2.3.2. Oil Show Detection (54)

6.2.3.2.1. Odor (55)

6.2.3.2.2. Stain and

Bleeding (55)

6.2.3.2.3. Acid Test (55)

6.2.3.2.4. Hot Water Test

(55)

6.2.3.2.5. Fluorescence

(56)

6.2.3.2.6. Cut and

Solvent Tests

(56)

6.2.3.2.7. Acetone -

Water Test

(56)

6.3. Coring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

6.3.1. Selecting Coring Points (58)

6.3.2. While the Core is being Cut (58)6.3.3. Core Retrieval (58)

6.3.4. Core Shipment (59)

6.4. Pressure Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

6.4.1. Leak-Off or Formation Integrity Test (

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63)

6.4.2. Pressure Worksheet (65)

6.5. Wellsite Biostratigraphy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

6.5.1. Foraminifera (67)

6.5.2. Nannofossils (67)

6.5.3. Palynology (67)

6.5.3.1. Fine Time Resolution (68)

6.5.3.2. Environmental and Age

Range (68)

6.5.3.3. Some Typical Problems

when working with

Wellsite Palynology (69)6.5.3.4. Equipment and Sample

Preparation (69)

6.6. Wellsite Geochemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

6.6.1. Pyrolysis Data (71)

6.6.2.Total Organic Carbon Content (71)

6.6.3. Types of Organic Matter (72)

6.6.4. Amount of Free Hydrocarbon (72)

6.6.5. Migration (72)

7. Aspects of Drilling Practice and Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

7.1. Rig Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

7.2. Rig Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

7.2.1. Derrick and Lifting Equipment (74)

7.2.1.1. The Brakes - and How to

Drill (75)

7.2.1.2. Rotary Table Drive, TopDrive (75)

7.2.1.3. Motion Compensator (76)

7.2.1.4. Swivel and Kelly Hose (76)

7.2.2. Drill String (76)

7.2.2.1. Drill Pipe (77)

7.2.2.2. Heavy Weight Drill Pipe

(77)

7.2.2.3. Bottom Hole Assembly

(BHA) (78)

7.2.2.3.1. Collars (78)

7.2.2.3.2. Subs (78)

7.2.2.3.3. Downhole

Motors (78)

7.2.3. Drill Bits (79)

7.2.3.1. Tricone Bits (80)

7.2.3.3. PDC Bits (80)

7.2.3.3. Classification and Grading of Bits (80)

7.2.4. Mud and the Mud Circulation System (81)

7.2.4.3. The Mud Pumps (81)

Page 5: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 5/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 5 Introduction

7.2.4.4. Flow Line and Solids

Removal (82)

7.2.4.5. Trip Tank (82)

7.2.4.6. Mud Hydraulics (83)

7.2.5. Kick and Blow Out Control Equipment

(84)

6.2.5.1. Kick During Connection

(87)7.2.5.2. Kick while Tripping (87)

7.2.5.3. Kick while Drilling (88)

7.3. The Art of Drilling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

7.3.1. “Making Hole” (89)

7.3.2. Depth Control - How Deep Are We ? (89)

7.4. Mud Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

7.4.1. Water based Mud Systems (92)

7.4.1.1. Lignosulfonate Muds (92)

7.4.1.2. Lime and Gypsum Muds

(92)

7.4.1.3. Saltwater Muds (92)

7.4.1.4. KCl Muds (92)

7.4.1.5. Polymer Muds (93)

7.4.2. Oil based Mud Systems (93)

7.4.3. Mud properties (93)

7.4.4. Mud Filtrate Tracers (94)

7.6. Real Time Logging (MWD, LWD) . . . . . . . . . . . . 957.6.1. Benefits and Drawbacks of Real Time

Logging (100)

8. Decision Points in Drilling a Well . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

8.1. Correlations and their Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

8.1.1. Faults (102)

8.1.2. Seismic Correlation (102)

8.2. Bit Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

8.3. Selecting Casing Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

8.4. TD'ing the Well . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

9. Wireline Logging Supervision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

9.1. Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

9.2. Depth Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

9.3. When the Logging Job Star ts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

9.4. Hole Problems while Logging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1099.5. The First Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

9.6. Detailed Log Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

9.6.1. Gamma Ray Log (111)

9.6.2. Gamma Spectroscopy (111)

9.6.3. SP (Spontaneous Potential) (111)

9.6.4. Sonic Logging (111)

9.6.5. Full Waveform Sonic (112)

9.6.6. Resistivity Logging (113)

9.6.7. Density Log (114)

9.6.8. Neutron Log (114)

9.6.9. Dipmeter Log (115)

9.6.10. Velocity Surveys, VSP, Well Seismic

(115)

9.6.11. Wireline Formation Testing (116)

9.6.12. Sidewall Cores (117)

9.7. Log Presentation and Quality Control . . . . . . . . . . 1199.8. Quick Look and Computer Based Log Evaluation

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

9.8.1. The R wa Check (121)

9.8.2. Density - Neutron Logs (121)

9.9. Money: Checking the Service Ticket . . . . . . . . . . 122

10. Data Integration and Interpretation at the Wellsite . . . . . 122

10.1. Temperature Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

10.2. Tie to Seismic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

11. Computer, Electronics and Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

11.1. Data Formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

11.1.1. The LIS Format (124)

11.1.2. The DLIS Format (124)

11.2. Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

11.3. Data Media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

11.4. Data Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

Alphabetical Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

Appendix A, Mudlogging Checklist and Technical Audit . . . . 129

(135)

Page 6: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 6/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 6 Introduction

List of Figures and Illustrations

Figure 2: Think of power cables for the computer gear. Rig

 plugs may not have the same voltage or connector 

like in the office! 12

Figure 3: Beware of tail rotor. Always go to the side or front

when boarding or leaving the helicopter. 15

Figure 4: A view of a mudlogging unit The components of the

unit may be arranged .differently, but the principle

remains the same. 18

Figure 6: Sensors commonly found in modern mudlogging

systems. 22

Figure 7: The principle of the gas trap for ditch line gas

extraction. 23

Figure 8: The gas trap installed at the possum belly tank.

24

Figure 9: Acoustic pit volume sensor. The sensors measure

the time taken for each pulse to echo back from the

mud surface in the pit. 26

Figure 10: An acoustic pit level sensor system installed over a mud pit 26

Figure 11: Pump stroke sensor. 27

Figure 12: A mechanical hook load transducer. 27

Figure 13: A hook load sensor/transducer system based on

hydraulic pressure measured at the dead end of the

drill cable. 28

Figure 14: Paddle type mud flow (out) sensor (Halliburton

/Gearhart). 29

Figure 15: Torque Sensor (Anadrill) 29

Figure 16: A simple mud conductivity probe with a graphite

electrode dip cell. 30

Figure 17: The hydraulic transducer of a heave compensation

system. 32

Figure 18: The H2S panel in the mudlogging unit consists of several such displays. Each one for one sensor 

location. 33

Figure 19: Laminar flow; arrows indicating relative velocity

of the mud. 38

Figure 20: Core as boxed and marked for despatch to the lab.

59

Figure 21: Fluidisation of unconsolidated formation. 60

Figure 22: Core deformation by mud invasion into the core

 barrel. 60

Figure 23: Proper labelling and marking of core and core box.

Black line right, red line left, arrows up. 61

Figure 24: Schematic Diagram of a leak-off pressure plot.

65

Figure 25: A semisub drilling rig (twin hull type). 74

Figure 26: View of a drill ship. 74

Figure 27:The draw-work the other main parts of the hoisting

equipment. 75

Figure 28: Slips. Used to hold drill pipe in the rotary table.

77

Figure 29: Tools used to make connections. After the tool

 joint has been "broken" with the tongs, the pipe may

 be unscrewed by further by turning the rotary or by

using a spinning wrench. 77

Figure 30: The drill stem and its components. Note that cross

overs and other parts are not shown. 78

Figure 31: Two types of tricone bits. The bit on the left is a

 bit for soft to medium hard formations. The bit onthe right a high performance insert bit for hard to

very hard formations. 80

Figure 32: Cutting action of PDC bits. 80

Figure 33: Ram type blow out preventer.. 87

Figure 34. The basic terminology on deviated wells. 97

Figure 35: True vertical thickness and true stratigraphic

thickness in relation with a uniformly dipping

stratigraphic unit. 98

Figure 36: A View of a skid mounted logging unit (Atlas

Wireline). 106

Figure 37: Log presentation (main log) of the Dual Induction

Log (SCHLUMBERGER). 114

Figure 38: Four examples of the more common signal quality

 problems frequently seen in VSP and checkshot

acquisition. 116

Figure 39: Wireline testing tool (RFT) in open position.

117

Figure 40: Parts and options of the SFT tool (Halliburton).

118

Figure 41: Log presentation. 120

Page 7: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 7/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 7 Introduction

  1The position of an operations geologist may not be filled in a particular organization. The wellsite geologist reports in this

case to the area geologist, the senior or chief geologist.

1. The Job Description

The work of the wellsite geologist is defined in the following by one major operating oil company:

"The wellsite geologist, as the source of all operational geologic information, is the most importantlink in the chain of communications between wellsite and management. The importance of the

wellsite geologist to the overall successful termination of any project whose aim is to find

hydrocarbons for exploration cannot be overstated. He is the exploration department's man-on-

the-spot   upon whose shoulders rests the responsibility for obtaining (of insuring that) every

 possible scrap of information which can be wrested from the earth and insuring that the data are

transmitted to the office in a concise but comprehensive, coherent report.

It is the wellsite geologist's duty to confer regularly with the company's wellsite drilling operations

representative (company man) on location to forestall misunderstandings and to insure that the

maximum information is obtained at the most economical price. Foresight, training and a working

knowledge of drilling equipment, terminology and personnel are necessary to bring this to fruition.

The wellsite geologist under the direction of the Company Operations Geologist1 is responsible for 

all  geology and geologically related administrative wellsite activity."

Depending on the company he is working for, the wellsite geologist may also be responsible for certain

work in the company office, such as compiling reports, relaying routine reports to partners and maintaining

contacts with various contractors.

Page 8: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 8/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 8 Preparation

2. Getting Mobilized

2.1. Duties, Responsibilities and Authorities

Before

you travel to the field, find out what your duties and responsibilities on location will be. As

a wellsite-geologist, you should know exactly what is expected of you and how and when your reports to be submitted:

  ! Who is your supervisor? Whom do you report to? Make sure that you and your supervisor 

understand the relationship. It is very cumbersume to be on a rig and having different people

calling and trying to tell you what to do.

  ! What sort of daily reports will be used for the project? What are the reporting deadlines? Some

companies report at midnight so that the report is in the office at 6:00 AM in the morning. Others

expect their reports to be up-to-date as of 6:00 AM, and expect an abridged update in the

afternoon. Be certain that the requirements are clear before you head out to the rig. (See also page

49, daily reporting.)Check out the working schedule of the head office, when do thwe want to see their report.

  ! What is your work schedule? Will you be working a regular schedule or will your time on the rig

depend on the well progress ("...stay until TD!") ? Typical on/off schedules are two weeks on -

two weeks off or four weeks on - four weeks off. It depends mainly upon the logistical situation

and the company policy. In some cases periods are required; however work periods which are too

long will affect motivation and performance.

Experience has shown that drilling operations tend to fall behind rather than move ahead of 

schedule. If your stay on the rig depends on the completion of certain steps (logging, casing, TD,

testing, etc.) you are well advised to plan for the longest stay possible. Do not forget to informyour family (friends, or whomever) accordingly.

  ! Will you be picking casing points? If so, do you have to confirm with the base office in town?

  ! Will you be selecting coring points? If yes, do you have to contact your supervisor before you

request a core ?

  ! Is it your responsibility to call wireline, velocity survey or other service companies so that they are

on location on time, or will the office in town motify the contractors of the well's progress ?

  ! Do you have authority to sign service tickets for wireline logging, velocity surveys, mudlogging,

MWD, wellsite biostratigraphy, etc.?

  ! Are you responsible for reporting movement and storage of radioactive or explosive substances

used for logging, sidewall cores or perforating? Who has the formal responsibility for these

matters ? The drilling department is responmsible for the safety of the drilling operation , they

ordinarily are assigned responsibility for radioactives and explosives.

Regardless of other duties, you may assume that you will be supervising the mudlogging contractor on

location. Whatever problems arise in the mudlogging unit will be your problems.

2.2. Office Preparation

  ! First of all, find out what this well is about. Is it an exploration well, a delineation or development

 project ? Get a copy of the well montage, the seismic line(s) through the well and a copy of the

Page 9: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 9/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 9 Preparation

drilling program. Read it carefully. What is the expected reservoir, what is known about it, what

is the stratigraphic sequence above and below it. Collect and - if possible - copy refernce material

of the regional geology. Of particular importance are descriptions and analysis of the rocks that

will be drilled. Your job is to compare the findings in this well against data that exist already.

Does this well confirm the understanding of the regional geology or is it a surprise ? You need to

 be able to comment or answer these questions at the wellsite.

  ! Get all the details about he well to be drilled. Is the well expected to be dangerous? Is it likely, or 

 possible that there is shallow gas, overpressure, H2S (see page 16), CO2 ?

  ! Is the well to be straight or deviated ? Obtain a diagram of the well course from the drilling

department.

  ! Are there special requirements for confidentiality? Will you encode part or all of your report? (See

 page 50)

 !

Will you be supervising or witnessing any wireline logging? Does your supervisor require a quick-look interpretation of wireline data? (See page 108, logging supervision for details.)

  ! Is electronic data transmission of log data planned ? (If so, Section 11.1 for data formats.)

  ! If you are responsible for supervision log acquisition, plan a session with the petrophysicist to get

the basic information and instructions. Ask for parameters required for logging and preliminary

interpretation. Get data on R w and typical mineral composition of the area - if available.

  ! Will you be witnessing other operations which are not strictly the wellsite geologist's duty, such

as perforating, testing or rig positioning?

  ! Will you be supervising a velocity survey or VSP ? If so, talk to the geophysicist for briefing.

(More details on page 117, VSP.)

  ! Who are the contractors for mudlogging, wireline logging, well seismic, transport (helicopter,

 boating or land transport) biostratigraphy, geochemistry, etc? Get their addresses and/or contact

numbers.

While you are in the office you should try to get as much information as possible about the project and

make personal contact with the other exploration personnel involved. Meet the area geologist and

geophysicist for special instructions. If you are new to the geological province try to get a familiarization

session with the project geologist. This type of introduction is more valuable than reading heaps of 

literature.

  ! What are the sample collection requirements? Drill cuttings samples are taken routinely for 

analytical purposes and to satisfy the partners. Find out what type of samples, from what intervals

and how many sets are to be taken. (See also page 44, sample types.)

  ! Will the operation and reporting be in metric or imperial units ?

  ! Assemble your collection of geological documents for the well (listed on page 12).

  ! As a courtesy, introduce yourself to the drilling manager. Ask his opinion of the prospect, which

may be entirely different from that of the geologist.

! Discuss the mud program and possible changes to it. This may have some bearing on the wireline

logging program. Will tracers (page 92f) be used?

Page 10: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 10/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 10 Preparation

  2 Contingency planning for emergencies is the responsibility of the drilling department. On the other side, the wellsite

geologist is the second company representative on the rig and should be advised about the particulars of emergency planning.

  ! Try to identify and resolve any potential disagreements before going to the rig because you are

likely to be at the center of any conflict between the various interests.

Find out from the drilling department or other sources of information what facilities are available on the

rig.

! Telecommunications system: Is a telephone available? Is there a fax (facsimile)

machine, and if so does it utilize telephone lines or shortwave radio? Is there a VHF

or phone system connecting to the shore base or town office ?

  ! Computers: Will there be a computer at the wellsite, do you bring a laptop from the

office or your own ? Are there any special programs, company specific software that should or 

must be used. Make sure that you have at least the same text processor and the same spreadsheet

 program that is considered company standard or fashionable in the office.

  ! Modems: Discuss the possibility and procedures of electronic data transmission (log data, see page

108). Find out what the modem settings are, which protocol software is in use and at which hoursof the day the modem will be on and in receiving mode. Who is your partner to talk in the office

in case something does not work (don't expect any help from the drilling department).

  ! Transport facilities: For personnel, samples and cores. Ships, crewboats, helicopter, fixed wing

aircraft ? How will you get to location ? If you travel by helicopter, will you need a safety or 

survival certificate (page 15) ? Will you have to stay overnight somewhere, is there any support

from an agent or a service company in the field ? Note the addresses in your notebook. Who buys

and supplies airline tickets ?

  ! Shore base. Will you be going through a company base on shore (guest house, ware house, agent),

does the company entertain a shore base ? If so, get the contact numbers.

  ! Medical facilities2: Is a doctor or medic on the rig? Who is responsible for emergency medical

treatment? Where is the closest hospital?

Contactthe service companies' base offices to introduce yourself. You may need to call them from

the rig during operations (possibly even in the middle of the night) and it might be helpful

if they know who you are in advance. The mudlogging and wireline logging contractors are particularly

important in this regard.

! Find out the name of the wireline logging engineer(s), their suervisors, the base manger's name,

and whether or not a second wireline engineer is available. Logging jobs may exceed 40 hours, and

the safe handling of explosives and radioactive materials is essential.

! Confirm that all the wireline tools and downhole equipment are suitable for the anticipated

temperature and pressure conditions. (See also page 107, logging supervision).

  ! Introduce yourself to the logistics man of your company and find out about the flows of material,

transports of samples and cores and service company crew changes.

If you will be relieving another geologist who is already on location contact him (by telephone or radio)

 before you leave for the rig to ensure a smooth crew-change.

Page 11: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 11/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 11 Preparation

  3It is very practical to use master log formats similar to wireline log displays. Transparents can be copied on fan-fold blue print

 paper available in the wireline logging unit and fit into the fax machine.

2.3. Materials and Equipment for the Wellsite Work 

There are many things which might be useful at the wellsite, but it is preferable to minimize the number 

of things taken so as not to overload. Ordinarily there is laundry service on the rig or in camp, so that one

change of clothes should be sufficient. Pack your belongings in a soft bag rather than in a sturdy suitcase,

 particularly if you will be travelling by helicopter. You may be mobilized with only a few hours notice,so you should you decide in advance what you will take along to the rig.

Minimum personal gear:

  ! Work clothes (coveralls), T-shirts and underwear. Wear one set and

take another for changing.

  ! Safety shoes (required).

  ! Hard hat. Don't rely on the rig's supply as they may have visitors and

run short.

  ! Safety goggles to protect your eyes against dust and aggressive mud

chemicals.  ! Select clothing with regard to the climate, and allow for unseasonably

cold weather, if this is a possibility.

  ! Sandals, slippers or sport shoes to be worn inside the living quarters.

  ! Shaving kit, with the usual essential items.

  ! A sweat shirt or pullover may be needed inside their living quarters, which can be extremely cold

on air-conditioned rigs.

  ! Spare glasses.

! ID card, company ID badge and passport.

  ! Money. Be sure to include some local currency if going to another country. You may need some

to pay taxi fare, porters or airport fees. Do not take credit cards, checks or other valuables with

you. They are useless on a drilling rig and prone to get lost.

  ! Cigarettes (if you are a smoker).

  ! Medicine, if you are under medication or usually take certain drugs. You may be suspected of 

carrying illegal drugs. Make sure your medicine is in the original package. Bring along your 

doctor's prescription if there could be any doubt or question.

  ! Watch and alarm clock. Make sure the alarm is loud enough to be heard over the usual background

noise, and the batteries are still o.k.

Minimum working gear :

  ! Pencils and ballpoint pens.

  !  Notebook.

  ! Forms for sample and core descriptions, reports, routine communication, materialshipment, transportation requests, etc. Take a collection of everything that might be useful. Take

one form of each and photocopy on the rig, if possible.

  ! Blank master log forms3, transparent preferred, in the appropriate units (metric or imperial).

  ! Calculator. (Preferably a programmable calculator for quick-look log analyses).

  ! Ruler.

  ! Rapidograph (or other) drafting pens (two or three, size 0.25, 0.35 and 0.5) and drafting ink.

  ! Colored pencils (just a few).

  ! Contact telephone numbers (including home phones, pagers etc.) and addresses of the supervisors

and decision makers in the office and of the relevant service companies (mudlogging, wireline,

freight agents, transportation contractors, etc.).

Page 12: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 12/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 12 Preparation

  4 Swanson,R.G.: Sample Examination Manual .- AAPG Methods in Exploration Series, Tulsa, 1981

Figure 2: Think of power 

cables for the computer gear.

Rig plugs may not have the

same voltage or connector like

in the office!

  ! Shipping addresses for samples and cores.

! Manuals and documentation (see page 12 for more details).

If there is any possibility that you may be coring, be sure to include the following:

  ! Hand lens (6x, 10x or combination 10x and 20x).

  ! Geologist's hammer to take rock chips from a core.  ! Marker pens.

  ! Steel tape measure .

With this minimum gear you should be equipped to do your job on the wellsite. However, you may want

to add a few items from the following list to your expedition baggage.

 Additional personal gear :

  ! Rain coat (or rain coveralls).

  ! Radio, cassette or CD player.

 !

Pocket knife (always useful).  ! Books, magazines for your leisure time. Be prepared for unexpected periods of down-time, which

can come at any time.

  ! Camera and flashlight (batteries !).

  ! Padlocks (to protect company and private valuables).

  ! Torch (flashlight) with spare batteries (needed to check shakers,

desander, desilter, etc. during the night.)

Let your selection be guided by the job you are going to, the expected length of 

your stay and the remoteness of the rig from your supply base or office.

Depending on the these factors, you might bring anything from the bare

minimum (see above) to a complete office, drafting room and petrological lab.

A reasonable compromise might also include the following:

! Clip board.

  ! Laptop computer (with printer, modem, cables, etc.), loaded with text

 processor, spreadsheet, graphics program, log interpretation software

etc. Don't forget the latest anti-virus software.

  ! Scaled ruler ( 1:200, 1:500, etc.).

  ! Rubber stamps with well name and location, company mailing address, etc.

  ! Writing pads, envelopes, white (address) stickers.

  ! Transparent paper, graph paper, etc.

  ! Correction fluid, white (to make the final corrections on fax reports).

  ! Scotch tape, stapler, hole puncher.  ! File folders, files or something suitable to organize your work.

  ! Magnets (for displaying maps and montages on the wall. Warning: these must be packed and

stored far from computer diskettes and magnetic tapes).

  ! Business cards.

  ! Manuals :

  " Wireline logging chart book.

" Log interpretation handbooks.

" Sample description manual4.

" Drilling data handbook.

Page 13: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 13/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 13 Preparation

  ! Geological documentation :

" Well proposal, well program, prospect montage.

" Selected seismic lines.

" Logs from offset wells for correlation and reference.

" Seismic time/depth charts from control wells.

" Directional well course diagram (if any).

  ! Programmable calculator, computer, programs, software manuals and batteries or 110 V adaptor 

with the proper adaptor plugs.

  ! If you will be using a computer, consider taking templates for spread sheet programs and diskettes

with customized programs and report forms. The following items may be particularly useful:

Diskettes:

  ! Spread sheet with seismic velocities, interval velocities, of surface seismic and adjacent

wells, pre-set graphics.

 !

Spread sheet for quick-look log interpretation  ! Spread sheet for extrapolation of wireline well temperatures

  ! Spread sheet for overpressure prediction (as questionable as the particular methods might

 be; see also page 63).

! Other software (such as programs for log interpretation, report generation,

communications, data base, word processor, - just to name a few).

  ! Company stickers (baseball hats, T-shirts). These give-away items are ideal for making friends

and honouring people you work with for their cooperation, and as gifts for officials or visitors.

Remember that you will be representing your company at the wellsite.

If you are a consultant (free lance or self employed) it might pay to promote yourself. Have some

lighters, pencils or other gadgetry made up with your contact number or address on them. This

investment could provide valuable contacts for future work

2.4. Travelling and Arriving

The trip to the rig may be by car, supply boat or small motorboat, airplane, helicopter or any

combination thereof. Even if your destination is only a short distance, you should expect to

 be delayed and have to spend the night somewhere enroute. You may be hoisted on the deck 

of the rig in a crew basket or you might be the last passenger on a fully loaded helicopter.

Therefore, travel light. If your belongings weigh more than ten or fifteen kilograms and you

are travelling by helicopter you should reduce it. It may be possible to transport part of your gear as cargo,

 particularly if you are carrying company materials, spare parts, etc.

If you travel by air, you must comply with air safety regulations (see also page 15 regarding helicopter 

safety). When flying over water you must wear a life vest. In cold areas, survival suits must be warn.

These are insulated garments which keep you warm enouth to survive for a time in cold water. Follow the

instructions given by the pilot or the dispatcher.

  ! Immediately upon arrival on the rig report to the radio operator who will add your name to the

crew list (POB list) and assign your lifeboat station.

! Make sure, radio operator knows who you are, what your name and function is, and who you work 

for. He will receive the radio or telephone calls from your office and page you all over the rig. Itis therefore important that he does not mistake you for a service company hand.

Page 14: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 14/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 14 Preparation

  5The rig superintendent or rig manager is the representative of the drilling contractor at the location

On some rigs you must also report to the safety officer, the liaison officer or (in certain countries) to the

 police or army representative on the rig. One of the above will direct you to the camp boss or chief steward 

who will show you to your room, shack or cabin and assign your bed. Find out where the galley is and

when it is open. Most rigs provide four meals a day, every six hours. Coffee, tea and some kind of cookies

are always available. Most rigs require, that you dress properly for the meals, i.e. wear clean working

clothes.

Before beginning your work you should pay a courtesy visit  to the rig superintendent 5 and to the captain,

on a drillship or floating rig.

2.4.1. The Company Man

The drilling supervisor, colloquially referred to as the "company man" is the operator’s representative on

the rig. He is the person ultimately responsible for nearly all aspects of the operation, in particular the

safety and operation of the rig. The wellsite geologist works in close cooperation with him but is not under 

his authority, does not report to the company man. If possible, introduce yourself to him before you startwork. A good working relationship between the wellsite geologist and the company man is of paramount

importance. He may be friendly and cooperative or a card carrying arsehole, but in any case you must

work together with him.

 Assumethat the company man and his counterparts on the side of the drilling contractor (the

“drillers”) do have no or only a marginal understanding of the work of a geologist in general

and even less appreciation of his work. They assume that he is only on location to look at drill cuttings and

fill out a few blanks on the morning report. The position of a geologist is therefore considered much less

important than the work of any service contractor.

3. On the Rig

3.1. Safety 

The major safety hazards on offshore drilling rigs are well blow-outs, poison gas and storms. The ordinary

safety hazards associated with any industrial or marine operation such as fire, falls, falling objects and

electrical hazards are also important.

Safety is top priority on the rig. For the wellsite geologist this means being aware of potential hazards,

knowing the how to prevent accidents and knowing the emergency procedures. Find your lifeboat station

as soon as it is assigned to you. Familiarize yourself with your duties in emergencies. Most rig operators

assign the geologist to “standby” in emergencies, meaning “keep out of the way”.

The most significant contribution of the geologist to rig safety is in dealing with overpressured zones,

 particularly shallow gas sands. (See page 63, overpressure, for details.)

For your own personal safety:

  ! Wear a hard hat (helmet) and steel-toe boots whenever outside the living quarters.

  ! Do not smoke outside designated smoking areas.

Page 15: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 15/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 15 Preparation

Figure 3: Beware of tail rotor. Always go to

the side or front when boarding or leaving the

helicopter.

  ! Watch out above you when walking outside, particularly when near the pipe deck or wherever a

crane or forklift may be operating.

! Familiarize yourself with the communication system (telephone, pager, alarms, etc.) on the rig.

Check the location of the nearest phones relative to your different working areas and learn the most

important phone numbers (rig floor, company man, mudlogging unit, radio room, etc.).

  ! Learn how to sound an alarm. Usually all alarms are directed to the driller on the rig floor because

this position is always manned. The driller is familiar with the emergency procedures on the rig

and trained to take the appropriate actions in an emergency. On big semisubmersible rigs,

emergencies are managed from the control room, the place which controls engines, pumps and

 boats.

  ! Familiarize yourself with the locations and types of fire extinguishers in your working and living

areas.

 !

It is good practice, even in warm countries, to wear long trousers or a coveralls rather than notshorts.

  ! In tropical onshore locations, always check your boots for bugs, scorpions, etc. before putting

them on. Watch for snakes near the mud pits and mud pumps.

  ! When pulling cores, never allow anyone to put their hands beneath a core barrel. Core fragments

on the rig floor should be retrieved with a hammer or other tools whenever the core barrel is still

suspended.

3.1.1. Helicopter Safety

Many fatal accidents in context with oil field operations happen

while travelling with helicopters. Therefore, many oil

companies send their personnel to a helicopter survival training

and require such certificates from their service company

 personnel or consultants. Other companies take the position

that only regular   personnel going to the rig requires such

training, thus often excluding geologists.

  ! Attend the safety briefing prior to boarding and listen carefully to all instructions given by the

helicopter crew.

  ! Wear your life jacket, and wear it correctly.

  ! Wear survival suits when supplied. These suits guarantee several minutes of extra (life-) time after ditching in cold water and may save you from hypothermia.

  ! Study the safety leaflet. Be familiar with the operation the life jackets, the position and operation

of the emergency exits, and the location and operation of the life rafts.

  ! When approaching or leving the chopper, do not wear any hat, not even a hard hat. It will be blown

away by the strong winds of the rotors and might create a dangerous situation for the bystanders.

  ! Do not approach or leave the helicopter from the rear. When landing on a slope, leave the

helicopter towards the down-hill side.

  ! If you have to walk around the nose of the chopper, be aware that the rotor blades can be as low

as 1.5 meters above the ground, in partcular when strong winds blow.

  ! Do not smoke when the "No Smoking" signs are lit, on the helideck or outside the terminal.

  ! Always keep your seat belt fastened.  ! Be careful when loading and unloading material. best, leave the cargo handling to the ground crew,

they are trained for it.

Page 16: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 16/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 16 Preparation

Effects of H2S

  ppm Effects

  5-10 Obvious odor of "rotten

eggs".

  20 Safe for about 8 h our s

exposure per day

 100 Kills sense of smell in 3-15

minutes, may sting eyes and

throat.

 500 Reasoning impaired and

dizziness. Breathing ceases

after a few minutes. Prompt

ar t i f ic ia l respira t ion

required.

 700 Unconscious quickly. Brain

damage/death will result if 

not rescued promptly.

1000 Unconscious at once. Braindamage/death after 4

minutes.

3.1.2. Hydrogen Sulfide, H2S

H2S or sour gas is extremely dangerous and toxic. It can cause sudden death, even in very small

concentrations. H2S is heavier than air, it is soluble in water and hydrocarbons and H2S is explosive when

mixed with air. If H2S is coming to the surface the well should

 be shut in. In the event that H2S is encountered you may needto remind the other crew members that this poison gas is heavier 

than air, and that they should move higher on the rig rather than

lower to escape from it. H2S tends to accumulate in low places

such as in the substructure, near the shakers, the pit room, etc.

If you are on a land drilling site, find out where the evacuation

areas are or could be. Some open, elevated place. Check out if 

or where a wind indicator is on the rig. Would the camp need to

 be evacuated ? If so, are there alarms in the camp or any

method to alert the camp properly ?

Generally, find out what the H2S alarm system consists of . Is

it a sirene, a PA-speaker announcement? Then where to go ?

Was there an H2S safety briefing, do you have evacuation

 procedures ? Do you have your own, personal breather pack ?

If you feel that you have no idea what the plan might be - ask 

the company man. he might answer himself or delegate you to

his safety officer.

  ! Anyone who suspects the presence of H2S must  alarm

the driller on the rig floor immediately. He will then

instate an H2S alarm and give the necessary

instructions.

  !  Do not attempt to rescue a person who has been

overcome by H 2S without a breathing apparatus.

There are two reasons for this precaution. The first is that the gas is probably still concentrated

in the area and it can kill you, and the second is that the victim is probably beyond help.

Remember, one breath of H2S can be fatal.  After you put on your breathing apparatus, move the

victim to fresh air and and keep him warm. If the victim is not breathing, artificial respiration

must be administered immediately.

 Note, that steel that comes in contact with H2S becomes brittle. Drill pipe (see page 77) is particularly

exposed to any H2S. Drilling in H2S prone areas requires casing and drill pipe made of special steel.

3.2. Working Space

As geologist you have many maps, logs, book, the computer, drafting material and other working gear.

It is a classic problem to find and defend a desk in a reasonable working area. Depending on the design

of the rig and the cooperation of the company man you should be able to find adequate space. (This is

more of a problem on jack-up rigs than on semi-submersibles, which have more deck space.) In the worst

case you still can work in the mudlogging unit, but this is often inappropriate from many points of view.

It is commonly not spacious enough to put your maps and seismic sections to the wall, it is always busy,

and you cannot keep sensitive data confidential in this place. (See page 50, confidentiality.) If you havea private cabin you might work in the living quarters, but you will need to carry your paperwork with you.

Ideally there will be a separate office for the geologist near the company man's office, with an unobstructed

Page 17: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 17/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 17 Preparation

  6 Radios do not work inside an offshore rig. The metal walls act as a Faraday Cage and inhibit radio reception. Only a fewmodern rigs have antenna outlets wired in the living quarters.

  7 Fishing is prohibited for safety reasons on some rigs and platforms. The fishing lines might cause trouble to the divers if left

around the well head. Check with the rig superintendent or safety officer of the drilling contractor if fishing is allows on your rig.

view of the drilling floor. It should be equipped with a remote video display (page 33) of the pertinent

drilling data (provided by the mudlogging contractor).

3.3. Wellsite Psycho-hygiene 

On most rigs you will meet all sort of characters, different nationalities and people with various different

socio-cultural backgrounds. They have all one thing in common, which you share with them: Getting the

 job done and earning money. You have to work together (whether it is easy or not) and you have to live

together. This does not mean that you have to be close friends with everyone, but it definitely means that

you should adhere to the basic rules of civility and courtesy.

You may be working under psychological stress, often without a sufficient rest. Remember that many of 

the people working with you are in the same situation. You are literally "all in the same boat". You cannot

escape this togetherness even during your leisure time. Your personal goal should be to avoid conflicts

and handle any differences that may arise. The fact that you live very close together with no immediate

alternative makes it essential to get along well with people. The following points may help you to developyour own personal conflict prevention and handling procedures:

  ! Get enough sleep. Drilling goes on round the clock but you cannot stay up around the clock and

still do your job. Build your own daily schedule around the reporting deadlines.

  ! Do not take pills to sleep or pills to keep you awake. Their affects can be worse than not sleeping

at all.

  ! Do some physical exercise every day. Some rigs have a "gymnasium" or workout room. If not,

suggest it to the company man. There are probably others on board who would also enjoy using

it. You can also go jogging around the helicopter deck. Physical exercise is an excellent method

to release stress, improve your mental attitude and increase you appetite. Otherwise your bad

moods may turn into conflicts with your colleagues.

  ! Be patient. Never get angry and excited. Be prepared to take more abuse than usual if necessary.

The only survival mode on the rig is the mental attitude of an old elephant.

  ! Take something along to enjoy during your leisure time. This can be a radio6, a book or a chess

game, or even golf clubs or musical instruments (the generator room is a great place to play the

trumpet). There is usually good fishing7 and there may even be competition to grow the biggest

sunflower or tomato on a rig (reported from the North Sea). Most offshore rigs also have a video

room and a gymnasium for work out.

  ! There may be things happening on the rig which do not qualify for reporting. You might also get

to know some of the details of your colleagues' personal lives. Whatever it may be, as long as it

does not directly affect your work or safety, leave it on the rig. Do not bring gossip to town or to

the office.

Page 18: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 18/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 18 Mudlogging

  8 If an accident happens that involves any of the mudlogging equipment, chances are that the geologist may be blamed for it

 because he is supervising the mudlogging.

Figure 4: A view of a mudlogging unit The components of the unit may be arranged

.differently, but the principle remains the same.

4. Supervising the Mudlogging

The wellsite geologist spends typically most of his time supervising the muddlogging. Nevertheless,

supervision of wireline logging is equally important. Please refer to page 106 for aspects of wireline logging

supervision.

One of the main tasks of the wellsite geologist is the supervision of and cooperation with the mudloggers.

Their performance will make life easy or difficult for you. Be aware that you have different tasks, but be

aware also that you work on the same data, samples and problems. Cooperation also means, that you tell

the mudlogging crew what you want them to do. This requires clear, concise instructions. If possible, give

your instructions in writing, best in a log book that stays in the unit.

You cannot be physically present 24 hours in the mudlogging unit, therefore make clear to the mudlogging

crew, under which conditions you wish to be called (gas increase, drilling break etc.). Note it down in the

log book and/or on a piece of paper (“... if gas is >100 units calls geologist...”), together with your cabin

number. Stick it to a place close to the microscope so that every new logger (if there was a crew change,

for example) can read your instructions.

4.1. General Aspects

In particular if you are

new on the rig, if the

mudlogging unit has been

newly rigged up or if you

have a new mudlogging

crew, you may perform

some of the followingchecks. (if you are not

familiar with the set-up

and terminology used for 

the most important

components, please refer 

to page 81ff). The

checklist give here is only

a first orientation, a more

detailed checklist is

included in appendix 1 of 

this book.

  ! Walk around the

unit and to the locations where the sensors are installed (pit room, pump room, shale shakers, rig

floor, etc.). Is everything tidy, properly installed, sufficiently clean ? Is the installation safe 8 ?

  ! Electrical safety: Check all cabling and connections visually. Does it appear safe ? Are all cables

 poperly racked and do not constitute food traps on the ground ? Is the unit grounded to the rig body

or to earth with a proper ground stake ?

Page 19: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 19/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 19 Mudlogging

  9 Descend lines are special ropes made of synthetic fiber and constructed in a way that every layman can use it like a

mountaineer to lower himself into the sea or on deck a ship in case of emergency.

! Venting and air conditioning: The mudlogging unit must be overpressured with fresh air taken in

from a “safe” area. Check that the venting system works: open a door and observe the pressure

drop. Check the location of the air intake: It should be in a safe area (ask the rig supervisor if in

doubt). Any location near the shale shakers, the rig floor or the flare booms is not  a safe area.

  ! Inside the logging unit: Is the place clean and tidy ? The area where samples are washed and packed is always a bit  dirty, but the rest of the unit can be clean.

! Is the mudlogging crew complete ? Get the names of all mudloggers (day and night shift), and the

name of the pressure engineer(s). Find out when the last crew change was and when the next crew

change is scheduled.

  ! Make clear to the mudlogging crew - in particular in onshore locations - that you wish to be

informed whenever a member of the crew leaves the location, irrespective if the man is on tour or 

not.

The actual crew change is usually arranged with and through the company man. He is the one who allowssomeone to leave the location. Nonetheless, a “well behaved” crew will tell their geologist who is coming

and who is going.

Safetyaspects :

  ! Is the unit pressurized and all doors kept shut ? This should prevent poisonous gases from entering

into the unit.

! Is at least one fire extinguisher available ? Is it of the correct type ?

  ! Are H2S masks available for everyone who works in the unit ? This point may not be applicable

for operations where the absence of H2S is definitely known such as basins in a mature stage of 

exploration or development drilling.

  ! Are life jackets available (marine operations only) ? There should be life jackets for the entire

mudlogging crew in the unit, not only the jackets for the crew on duty.

  ! Are there flashlights ? Emergencies have a tendency to happen at night and proper lighting

contributes to the safety while abandoning the unit.

  ! Are personal descend lines9 available (marine operations only) ?

  ! Is the communication system (usually a telephone) working properly ?

Fineprint:The following points should be checked although they may not apply in every country and

on every operation:

  ! Has the mudlogging unit been inspected recently ? Is there a copy of the inspection certificate ?

  ! Excessive noise in the unit ? Does it exceed safe working conditions ?

  ! If dangerous or toxic fluids and substances are handled in ther unit information should bedisplayed emergency procedures in case of spill or exposure.

Some cosmetics: If the unit is newly deployed to an operation in certain Middle-East countries, this may

 be the moment to take off the common oil field pin-ups. These can be a cause of misunderstanding and

unnecessary trouble in such areas. At the sime time, have a look for possibly rude or otherwise inadequate

displays and grafitty that should not come to the eyes of an official inspector. Clean the house.

Page 20: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 20/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 20 Mudlogging

Keep data and

interpretation

apart !

Geologyrelated:

  ! Are all strip charts properly annotated with scale, time, depth and explanations of unusual readings

and events ?

  ! If the mudlogging services are based on an electronic database, find out when and how thedatabase is being backed up.

  ! If not already available, set up a log book  for the mudlogging unit. This is a bound book with

numbered pages. It is to record any instructions given to the mudloggers, calibrations and changes

made to the equipment. The mudloggers are required to note all relevant events in the log book.

It can be used as well to note any sample material transfer from the unit to other locations.

  ! Sample storage: Where are the samples of the last section drilled, the relating transmittals, how

and where is the current lot of samples stored and packaged ?

The basic concept and idea of the wellsite geologist's work is data collection (see page 7, job description). Therefore it is important that you make sure that all data

and samples are clearly documented, labelled, described and annotated, so that no

questions or ambiguities arise once the material is reviewed in the distant future.

Good quality work is orderly work, at least in this context.  As a fundamental 

concept of the geological science observations and facts are to be kept clearly

apart from the interpretation. Do not accept sloppiness in any respect.

  ! Make sure the work is up-to-date. Even in times of very fast drilling, the mudlog must be updated

at least every twelve (12) hours before crew change. If the workload is really too heavy, you, the

wellsite geologist has to find a solution, or must step in and help. One of the ways to alleviate the

work load on the mudloggers is to use ther services of a sample catcher, unskilled help to catch,

wash and bag the sample material during times of fast drilling.

4.2. Consumables and Spare Parts

Consumables and spare part stock depends on the logistic situation of the drilling site. Stock on location

should be enough for at least one week of normal drilling operation, two or three weeks if you are in a

remote location. The list below gives only an overview of the materials that should be on location, without

exception:

The basic tool set necessary to do geological work:

  ! Microscope (actually a binocular type microscope with 6-20x magnification).  ! UV box (sometimes combined with the microscope).

  ! Sieves to wash the samples. The screen of the sieves must be made of metal. Typically stainless

steel or some bronze or brass alloy is used. Reject plastic sieves ! (See page 51, for handling

instructions)

  ! Sample trays.

  ! Tweezers and pins (preparation needles).

  ! Magnet (stud finder) to separate ferromagnetic material (such as metal shavings from the casing)

from the cuttings.

Page 21: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 21/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 21 Mudlogging

Clorethene is poisonous in high concentrations. Work 

only with good ventilation and use only small volumes.

Clorethene is non-inflammable and therefore preferred

over other solvents such as Acetone.

Testagents :

  ! Clorethene for hydrocarbon solvent tests

(cut). Check if the agent is contaminated with

fluorescent substances (UV light).

  ! HCl (carbonate tests and etching of carbonaterock surfaces).

  ! BaCl for sulfide test.

  ! AgNO3 for chloride test (important if you drill evaporites).

  ! Alizarin S for carbonate staining (dolomite and calcite determination).

  ! Phenolphthalein (staining agent for cement).

  ! Tetrabromethane (used for the distinction between gypsum and anhydride and shale density fluids,

see page 43). Tetrabromethane is carcinogenic !

Other chemicals:

  ! CaCO3 as calibration for the calcimetry test (page 42.) Hydrochloric acid should be available

anyway. Check for sufficient stock if calcimetry is planned for all samples.  ! Carbide for lag time check (see page 36 )

  ! Calibration gas for the gas detectors.

  ! Biocide (to prevent bacterial growth in geochem samples).

  ! Desiccant for the gas dryer in the gas suction line.

  ! Ammonia (for blueprints).

Kits and tools :

  ! Shale density test kit (see page 43 for procedures).

  ! Calcimetry test kit (Autocalcimeter). This includes glassware (best a pipette) a precise balance

which can accurately measure weight of one gram or so with at least 1/10g accuracy.

! Thermometer.

  ! Glassware for chemical tests (test tubes, hour-glasses, scaled glass tubes ( 1/10

cm3 sub-scale, pipette, etc.).

  ! Soldering and electrical tools, multitester (for resistivity, voltage, etc.), small

screwdrivers, tongues, spare cables and connectors, insulation tape, contact

cleaning spray, etc.

  ! Hydraulic oil (required to fill pressure transducers)

  ! Spare light bulbs for the microscope illumination and the UV box.

  ! Gas bladder , a football-like rubber bladder to collect gas from the separator or 

RFT tool and transfer it to the chromatograph. To my knowledge, only one

mudlogging company offers this equipment. Nevertheless, it should be on every

location. The use of children balloons as a substitute is not satisfactory because

they burst (irrespective of what other people tell you).  ! Coffee kettle, not only to make a cup of coffee during hard times but also to

 provide hot water for the hot water test  (see page 56) to evaluate oil shows.

  ! Grinding powder, glass plates, optically neutral resin, slides, heating plates, etc.

(if it is planned to make thin sections).

  ! Blender.

  ! Basic mud test kit consisting of balance and funnel.

Stationary

  ! Spare rolls and pens for the strip charts.

  ! Blueprint paper.  ! Report forms.

  ! Computer printer and plotter paper.

  ! Blank diskettes.

Page 22: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 22/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 22 Mudlogging

Figure 6: Sensors commonly found in modern mudlogging systems.

! Latest virus detection software.

  ! Copy or original of the operating system software and all relevant technical programs (database,

etc.)

  ! Printer ribbons, ink cartridges, plotter pens.

  ! Transparent and graph paper.

Packagingmaterial :

  ! Core boxes, wax, aluminum foil and cling wrap.

  ! Boxes or sacks to transport wet samples.

  ! Geochem sample containers (tins/cans).

  ! Boxes to transport geochem samples.

  ! FRANKE cells (slide type container for micropaleontological material).

4.3. Specific Checks

The following pages give a summary of 

checks of mudlogging equipment.

Depending on the type of drilling

operation (e.g. development drilling) not

all the sensors may be installed, and you

may have to work with a very basic

mudlogging unit consisting only of gas

detectors, pump stroke counters and a

kelly height indicator to record the rate

of penetration (ROP); however, the

 basic rules and principles of mudlogging

and wellsite geological supervision

always apply. For more sophisticated

drilling ventures, rank wildcats or 

directional development wells the

mudlogging unit may or may not

accommodate the working space to

control MWD and/or directional

operations, the latter usually supervised

 by a drilling engineer or the company man.

Remember also that the company that you are representing on the rig  pays  for the services of the

mudlogging contractor. If certain sensors are not installed although they have been requested or do notwork properly, it can be considered to reduce the invoice of the contractor accordingly. Experience has

shown, however, that there is no point in putting pressure on the mudloggers if they apparently do not have

sufficient support from their base. It is better and more efficient to report straight to the town office

(mudlogging contractor or your supervisor). Indicate clearly what is not o.k. and what has to be done to

improve the situation.

In any case, remember, that the equipment is only as good as the people operating it and the most sensitive

geological sensors are the geologist's eyes over the microscope (while the gas detectors are in good shape)

and not the computers.

Page 23: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 23/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 23 Mudlogging

Figure 7: The principle of the gas trap for ditch line gas

extraction.

4.3.1. Gas Detection Equipment

The most important piece of furniture in the

mudlogging unit is the gas detection equipment. It

consists of a total gas recorder and a gas

chromatograph. The correct operation of the gasdetectors is an absolute must. 

Modern gas detector systems used in the

chromatograph are of the Flame Ionization

Detector type (FID). With this system a gas

sample is fed automatically into a regulated,

constant-temperature hydrogen flame. The flame

is situated in a high potential field generated by

two electrodes with 300 Volt. As combustion

occurs, the gas ionizes into charged hydrocarbon

residues and free electrons. A predictable constantratio of these charged particles induces a current between the electrodes. The current which is proportional

to the volume of hydrocarbons burnt is measured and transformed to digital values to interface with the

unit's computer.

 Note also, that the total gas recordings and the chromatograph gas do not sum up, i.e. the sum of the

chromatograph gas readings in ppm is not equivalent to the percentage output of the total gas recorder. This

is due to the fact that the higher gas compounds (C2, to C5) burn with different energies per mol, - or in

 plain words: the energy given off by one C-atom in a C4-compound (C4H10) is different from the energy

released by methane (C1 or C1H4).

Older versions of logging units might still use a Catalytic Gas Detector (hot wire detector) for the total gas

recording. This instrument functions on the principle of catalytic oxidation of gases on an electrically

heated filament in the presence of air. The temperature of the filament changes with the volume of 

hydrocarbons oxidized. The change of temperature causes a change of electric resistivity which is measured

with the WHEATSTONE bridge principle (Figure 5) and then translated to digital values for display and

computer processing. The operating voltage and with it the temperature can be lowered so that only higher 

hydrocarbons are detected. This parameter is then referred to as petroleum vapors (PV).

The total gas recorder and the chromatograph are independent detectors, both fed from the suction line to

the gas trap. The total gas recorder works continuously registering the concentrations of all combustible

gases on a strip chart. The chromatograph is a more sophisticated device working in cycles of three to four 

minutes and detecting light hydrocarbon gases only. Output on strip chart. Modern computerized

mudlogging units use on-line computer to integrate the chromatograph curve and apply correction andcalibration parameters. The computer provides then a direct output of the hydrocarbons detected.

  ! If the gas detection equipment is not working while the well is approaching zones of interest, report

this shortcoming immediately to the geological supervisor in town. It may be a reason to

temporarily stop drilling.

In some occasions or situations, this may be  just the right bit of information to convince the

company man to pull the bit a few hours earlier than planned or do some other work necessary.

This break should give enough time to get the gas detection equipment back into operational

condition

The gas readings recorded are concentrations of gas in air. The air is set free from the circulating mud, passing the gas trap installed at the possum belly. By convention, total gas is displayed in units, the

chromatograph gas in ppm (part per million). The following relationship is valid:

Page 24: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 24/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 24 Mudlogging

Figure 8: The gas trap installed at the possum

 belly tank.

The gas readings as such are affected by the mud properties and the ratio of mud weight over the formation

 pore pressure. Note also that the volumes of hydrocarbons seen at surface, in particular of gas, are not the

same volumes as in the subsurface. Some muds give off gas faster than others (a function of viscosity).Some muds mimic gas as they give off small amounts of gas from organic additives (usually negligible).

More relevant for the gas readings interpretation is the formation pore pressure relative to the hydrostatic

 pressure of the mud. As this margin decreases, increasing volumes of formation gas enter the mud stream

and are detected at the surface. Hence peaks like trip gas, connection gas indicate increasing pore pressure

(see also page 63) or a reduction of the mud weight.

As opposed to the absolute gas readings, which alone are little value, the compositional analysis of the gas

gives important information. As a rule of thumb, the higher the fraction of heavier gases (C 2...C5) in the

total composition, the closer you are getting to the oil. Detailed gas ratio interpretation, such as the formula

developed by HAWORTH  et al., 1985) makes it possible to differentiate between gas compositions

originating from coal beds, oil or gas reservoirs, migrant and residual hydrocarbons. In moderncomputerized mudlogging units, the gas ratio plot should be part of the routine mudlog presentation.

  ! Find out how the mudlogging company treats the gas analysis and how reliable and reproducible

their findings are. This gives you a good indication of the reliability of all the other services

 provided by the mudlogging contractor.

Before the gas reaches the detector system it must be sampled from the mud stream coming back from the

well bore. This is achieved with the gas trap, sometimes also called gas bell.

  ! Before the gas-air mixture is put through the suction line, it is dried by leading the gas-air stream

over a desiccant in order to extract the moisture.Check the continuous efficiency of the drying

 process. Droplets of water in the gas line are an indication of poor drying, however, can In occur 

at night time, when the ambient temperature drops significantly (such as on desert operations).

  ! In order to clean the gas line, it can be back-flushed.

Back-flushing should be done regularly, i.e. every hour 

or so. When done, note on the gas recorder chart.

  ! When was the last calibration done ? If it was longer 

then one week ago, do it again on the next occasion

(trip) and witness the procedure. All calibrations

should be recorded in a log book (see page 18) and on

the charts (see page 34), complete with date, name of 

the operator or logger, batch number and manufacturer 

of the calibration gas.

  ! Is the chromatograph gas reading comparable with the

total gas reading ? A common calibration and

reporting standard is to use 50 units of total gas

equivalent to 200ppm C1 (methane). Deviations from

this rule are found when drilling with diesel oil in the

mud system.

  ! If diesel oil  is added to the mud, the total gas detector records the heavy vapors from the diesel, which do not

reach the chromatograph detector because they would arrive far behind the C 5 peak. In "diesel-

Page 25: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 25/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 25 Mudlogging

situations", the total gas may read as high as 50 units, whereby the chromatograph records only

a few hundred ppm of methane (C1).

  ! Are the alarms for gas set properly, i.e. close enough ? The alarm should sound if the gas level

reaches about twice the background level. This may need frequent adjustment when the

 background level fluctuates. Anyway, check every time you go to the mudlogging unit.

  ! Check the gas trap and the suction line at least once a day. Is the gas trap installed properly in the

shaker feeder tank (possum belly)? Is the suction line straight without kinks that may obstruct the

flow of gases ?

  !  Notification procedures. If the gas levels exceed a certain threshold, the mudlogging crew must 

report to the company man and the geologist . Some operating oil companies or rig operators

require that gas readings over 50 or 100 units are announced all over the rig through the PA

system so that hot work (welding, grinding, etc.) is paused. Note the valid procedures in the log

 book of the unit. Then there will be no excuse saying, we never did this that way before...

  ! If the mudlogging unit is operational during a drill stem test, the low pressure side of the separator 

should be connected to the chromatograph and the gas composition analyzed and recorded at

regular intervals.

  ! See page 54 for interpretation of gas shows.

Page 26: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 26/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 26 Mudlogging

Figure 9: Acoustic pit volume sensor. The

sensors measure the time taken for each pulse

to echo back from the mud surface in the pit.

Figure 10: An acoustic pit level sensor system installed

over a mud pit

4.3.2. Other Checks in the Mudlogging Unit

 

4.3.2.1. The Mud Pit Level Monitors

The pit level sensors are installed in or at all mud pits in order 

to monitor their volume and the change of volume. An apparentincrease in mud indicates that fluid is entering the bore hole, a

kick , an alarm situation. There are at least three different

 principles of pit level sensors:

Some mudlogging companies use floating paddles. The

accuracy of paddle type devices decreases with lower pit fill.

This old fashioned method should be no more used.

Other companies use DELAVAL  sensor posts, which have a

linear response to pit level changes. Principle: A float with a

magnet activates magnetic switches in the sensor post. The floatis sensitive to dirt such as dried mud. Typically up to 10 cm of 

change in fluid level are necessary to detect changes.

The most reliable principle of measuring pit levels is the

acoustic  sounding. Acoustic pit level sensors do not have

moving mechanical parts and are surprisingly reliable in the

noisy rig environment. Acoustic sensors can detect changes in

fluid level of ± 2 cm.

  ! Check the calibration parameters used to convert level changes in centimeters or inches to volume

changes in barrel or cubic meters.

  ! Make sure, that there is also a level sensor in the trip tank.

The DELAVAL pit level sensor system has a linear response to changes in fluid height. It is, however,

sensitive to dirt, in particular dried up mud which disables the movement of the float along the sensor post.

Check the sensors at least daily. If critical intervals are drilled, where small changes may be significant

(e.g. shallow gas possible near surface or in top hole) - check sensors every few hours.

  ! In any case, check if the electrical wiring of 

the pit level sensors looks proper. The mud

 pits are rated a hazardous area. Gas may be

released from the mud and form an explosivemixture with air.

  ! Acoustic sensors may give false readings if 

the mud is  foaming   in the mud pits.

Otherwise, acoustic sensors are surprisingly

reliable.

Acoustic pit level sensor are most reliable in the

environment of drilling rigs.

Recently, advertisements have been seen in theindustry magazines, where the acoustic pit level

sensors are replaced by radar sensors. The author did

not yet have any experience with this system.

Page 27: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 27/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 27 Mudlogging

Figure 11: Pump stroke sensor.

Figure 12: A mechanical hook load

transducer.

4.3.2.2. The Pump Stroke Counters

This is a mechanical switch type sensor on every mud pump (that

is one sensor per pump, typically three mud pumps on the rig). It

either works or it doesn't. If it is properly installed, it works for 

months. Do not accept frequent repair of the counters. Get areplacement or improve the installation. The pump stroke counter 

is essential to calculate the lag time and lag volumes. Any

malfunction of the pump stroke counter will produce a false lag

time.

  ! Check the calculations which convert pump strokes to

 pump output in volume (gallons, barrels, liter, or whatever 

 per stroke). Books and tables are available that list the

 parameters of pumps produced by the different

manufacturers. If you cannot find sufficient documentation

in the mudlogging unit, see the company man or ask therepresentative of the drilling company on the rig. He

should know the specifications of his equipment.

On every major interruption of drilling operation (typically during

logging operations) the drilling people service the mud pumps. This

may include a change in liner size, a change of the piston or the

valves (see also page 82).

  ! Check (i.e. ask the company man or driller) if the liner size has been changed thus giving a

different volume output per stroke or if the pistons have been changed, the latter gives an increase

in pump efficiency.

4.3.2.3. Hook Load Sensor

The hook load  gives a value for the load on the drilling draw works. The

units are kilo-pounds (kips) or tons in a metric environment. This reading

is of eminent importance for the driller at the rig floor (it is by far the

 biggest instrument at the driller's console). In the mudlogging unit, two

different types of hook load sensors may be installed: A mechanical type

or a hydraulic type.

When the drill string is tripped in the hole, just before reaching bottom,the instrument (both on the driller's console and in the mudlogging unit)

reads the full weight of the drill string with some compensation for the

 buoyancy in the mud. When drilling is resumed, the bit touches the bottom

and part of the weight is supported by the bit. This is seen in a decrease

in hook load. This difference is called weight on bit  (WOB), an important

 parameter to calculate drilling bit efficiency, and formation parameters

such as the Dx exponent (see also page 63). The hook load and the weight

on bit is related with the kelly height indicator (page 28) which tells you

if the drill string is on bottom or in suspension.

! Compare the readings in the logging unit with the values on thedrill floor and cross check with the calculated hook load (data

from driller’s work sheet). Hook load recording on a strip chart

Page 28: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 28/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 28 Mudlogging

Figure 13: A hook load sensor/transducer system based onhydraulic pressure measured at the dead end of the drill cable.

is very useful as it virtually displays the history of a day's drilling operation. You can see

connections, trips, overpull on trips etc.

 

! Make sure this chart is properly

annotated with date, time and depth.

The hook load sensor and strip chartshould never be switched off, even

during wireline logging and other non-

drilling operations.

In more critical situations during a drilling

operation, the hook load can also indicate stuck 

 pipe, overpull on trips, etc.

4.3.2.4. Kelly Height Indicator (ROP System)

The kelly height indicator is a simple device that

indicates how high the kelly is above the rotary

table. Two methods are used: (1)The mechanical

(steel-) line connected to a wheel and sensor and (2)the hydrostatic method using the principle of connected

U-shaped pipes. When drilling, i.e. when making progress, the kelly is increasingly lowered to compensate

for the new hole made. The drilling progress or rate of penetration (ROP) is calculated either in feet per 

hour  or minutes per meter .

  ! Check repeatability and/or nominal values. Is the kelly-down on the chart where it should be

according to the pipe tally ?

! Is the kelly height read-out automatically compensated for rig motion and tidal heave? (See also

 below: Heave compensator.) Two basic mechanic principles are employed to measure the kelly

height: wire or hydrostatic.

Page 29: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 29/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 29 Mudlogging

  10 The D-exponent (Dx) and corrected D-exponent (Dxc) are empirical formulas, which describe the "drillability" of the formations, a parameterwhich describes the mechanical properties of the formation and which is corrected for w

Figure 14: Paddle type mud flow (out) sensor 

(Halliburton /Gearhart).

Figure 15: Torque Sensor (Anadrill)

4.3.2.5. Mud Flow In/Out

This sensor is a kind of back-up for the mud pit sensors. An

increase in mud flow indicates a kick, a decrease in mud flow

(out) may indicate lost circulation.

  ! This sensor should promptly indicate any change in

 pump rate and respond with only several seconds delay

when the pumps are switched off.

4.3.2.6. Rotary Table Speed (RPM)

Displays the rotary speed of the rotary table. Again, check and compare with the driller's display on the

rig floor. The RPM is of secondary importance for geological purposes. On computerized logging units it

is used to calculate the Dxexponent10, number of revolutions over the bit life and other drilling parameters.

4.3.2.7. Torque

Principle: The torque transducer is a HALL effect device that is fed

with a constant excitation current. It is mounted in a two piece

shell that can be clamped around a single conductor cable

supplying the rotary table motor. The device produces an output

voltage proportional to the current in the conductor. This signal is

A/D converted. The current driving the rotary table motor is

directly proportional to the torque and only affected by the

efficiency of the gearing and drive system.

Torque is usually displayed in Ampere (Amps) reflecting the

electrical current necessary to turn the rotary table. Conversion to

foot-pounds (in imperial units) or Newton-meter (in metric units)

is not usual and also rarely possible.

  ! Compare with the instruments on the rig floor. Do not

expect more than 10% accuracy.

Page 30: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 30/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 30 Mudlogging

Figure 16: A simple mud

conductivity probe with a

graphite electrode dip cell.

4.3.2.8. Mud Resistivity

The resistivity of the drilling mud can be measured in the mud pits or - better 

- at the shaker feeder tank (possum belly). It can be displayed as resistivity

(units ohm.m) or its inverse, conductivity (unit mmho/cm).

A change in mud resistivity indicates that the mud is mixed with other matter.

It may also be that a different type of shale is drilled and incorporated into the

mud system or the conductivity of the mud has changed due to mud additives

such as KCl. It may also indicate that water is entering the bore hole and

mixing with the mud.

Mud resistivity can be measured with dip electrodes or with sensors that

measure the conductivity with the induction method. Dip electrodes become

dirty in the rig environment (dry mud, etc.) and are therefore less reliable than

induction sensors. In fact, dip electrode sensors should only be used in

addition to induction sensors.

Induction sensor principle: Two torroidal coils are encapsulated in the sensor 

coil. An AC signal is applied to one of the primary coils. This induces a

signal in the secondary coil that is directly proportional to the conductivity

of the mud. A thermistor bead, also encapsulated in the sensor measures the

temperature of the solution. The transmitter electronic of the sensor produces

an output signal directly proportional to the conductivity of the mud corrected

to 25°C.

  ! Check with a sample of seawater and freshwater. Cross-check the

water resistivity with the wireline engineer's resistivity meter.

Temperature corrections applicable are the same as for mud filtrate

(R mf   determination). Use the chartbook of the wireline logging

contractor.

  ! Mud resistivity (or conductivity) should be normalized for ambient

temperature or displayed in Chloride (Cl-) equivalent. Check the

method used for conversion; is it a conversion factor in the computer 

system or "hard-wired"?

4.3.2.9. Mud Temperature

The temperature of the mud flow into, and out of the hole is monitored. The

temperature increases with time of drilling or circulating as increasingly warmer mud of the active system

is recycled into the wellbore. If water is added to the mud system, for example to dilute the mud, the

differential temperature will behave erraticly tending towards lower temperatures.

 Nor the temperature of the outflowing mud neither the differential temperature do have any direct 

quantitative relationship with the actual, stabilized bottomhole temperature. The temperature differential

can give some indications, in some cases if an abnormally pressured formation is approached.

  ! Check with a thermometer if the readings recorded in the mud logging unit are correct.

  ! When circulation is stopped prior to logging you should note the mud temperature (out) in your 

notebook. This gives the first, although very coarse, indications as to how high bottom hole

temperatures might be.

Page 31: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 31/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 31 Mudlogging

  !  Note also that on offshore operations, the long riser leading through cool sea water cools down the

mud considerably. Onshore and offshore flowline temperatures are therefore not comparable.

4.3.2.10. Mud Density

A change in mud density, in particular a decrease of mud density indicates that the mud is diluted. This may

 be at surface when the drilling people reduce the mud weight for one or the other reason. A more severe

situation is given when the mud is diluted with formation waters. This means also that the formation

 pressure exceeds the hydrostatic pressure of the mud column, - in other words - the well is not in balance.

This is an alarm situation that must be reported immediately to the company man.

  ! Compare the reading of the mud density sensors (in and out ) with a mud sample taken at the sensor 

 point. Use the mud engineer's mud balance to verify. Accuracy should be better than 0.1 ppg.

  ! Of course, the mud density readings must agree with the mud weight reported by the mud engineer.

Follow up if there are any discrepancies.

There are two different types of mud density sensors. One is a simple device based on the principles of 

 buoyancy, the second, a nuclear density sensor. The latter works usually fine but the buoyancy sensor is

sensitive to dirt and sometimes quite unreliable.

4.3.2.11. Standpipe Pressure

Principle: The pump pressure sensor consists of a diaphragm protector head and a pressure transducer. The

head consists of a steel body with a thick rubber diaphragm inside. The inside of the rubber diaphragm is

exposed to the mud pressure in the standpipe and transmits the pressure to the hydraulic fluid inside the

 body of the protector. This hydraulic pressure is then transmitted through the hose to the transducer 

assembly. The pressure sensor is a piezo-resistive Wheatstone-Bridge strain gauge with a signal

conditioning circuit that produces a current output directly proportional to the pressure detected.

The standpipe pressue is of high interest to the driller but relatively unimportant for the geologist.

  ! A change of standpipe pressure can indicate washouts in the drill pipe, plugged bit nozzles,

condition of the downhole motor (if used), etc. The standpipe pressure is recorded continuously

on strip chart and - on modern logging units - on computer. This parameter is used to calculate

several hydraulic parameters used to optimize drilling. There is little relevance in the standpipe

 pressure for the geological interpretation.

  ! When coring or when drilling with a downhole motor or turbine, the standpipe pressure gives an

indication if the downholle gear is performing properly.

! Compare the read-out in the mudlogging unit with the gauge on the rig floor. Accuracy should be

 better than 5% and precision should allow the detection of pressure changes ±25 psi

 Note also that changes in ambient temperature may introduce some variation in the apparent pressures

recorded (diurnal base line shift) as the oil in the pressure transducers expands or contracts with

temperature.

Page 32: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 32/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 32 Mudlogging

Figure 17: The hydraulic transducer of a heave

compensation system.

4.3.2.12. Casing Pressure

A pressure read sensor connected to the annulus of the last casing string, the annulus of the tubing, etc.

This device is and addition to pressure readings taken by the driller on the rig floor. Compare results. Such

casing pressure monitoring is rarely done in the mudlogging unit

4.3.2.13. Heave Compensator

On floating rigs corrections have to be applied to the depth, rate

of penetration, etc. Is the heave/tide compensator installed,

working and how does it compare with the tide chart ? (This

 point is of course only applicable on floating rigs).

Again there are two working principles of a heave compensator:

  ! The mechanical heave compensator is connected to the

guide line tensioner and the motion compensator under the travelling block.

  ! The hydraulic heave compensator is much simpler. It

consists of an oil reservoir mounted on the rig

superstructure. The reservoir is connected by a

hydraulic hose to a pressure transducer mounted on the

marine riser pipe. As the rig's superstructure rises and

falls with respect to the riser (and the sea bottom),

variations in the hydrostatic head of the oil are

converted into an electric signal.

Page 33: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 33/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 33 Mudlogging

Figure 18: The H2S panel in the mudlogging unit

consists of several such displays. Each one for one

sensor location.

4.3.2.14. H2S Detector

This device usually does not get enough attention. Make

sure it is connected to the gas suction line and is

operational. A second H2S sensor may be positioned in

the mudlogging unit. The H2S detection system in themudlogging unit is usually only an independent back-up

to other detectors installed on the rig floor and near the

radio room. The sensors of the H2S detector should be

 placed at the drill floor, the shaker area and near the mud

 pits.

Calibration: Witness that an H2S flask is broken at

the sensor point and gives the expected

response. Check also if the alarms - if 

set properly - sound.

On critical wells, the H2S detection and alarm system is

contracted to a service company specialized in this field. The service company will have detctors at all

critical points such as the shale shaker area, the mud pits etc. The service company will also provide

 breathing apparatus and air packs for evacuation.

4.3.2.15. Sample Oven

Samplesmust be dried before shipment. The washed and dried samples are dried in an oven in the

mudlogging unit. The samples can also be dried with infrared light bulbs positioned just

above the sample trays. Good ventilation is imperative because some mud additives release fumes that smell

unpleasant or are even poisonous. Some companies have made attempts to dry samples with a microwave

oven. Also, this device needs proper ventilation. The fumes of a microwave oven drying samples are

extremely unpleasant.

Wet samples can be dried in the sun. Another good place for sample drying is the cooler of the power 

generators in the engine room (ask permission from the drillers); see page 46, sample shipment.

4.3.2.16. Video Display

Advanced and computerized mudlogging units, such as the ones used today, provide a remote video display

of the pertinent drilling data such as ROP, gas readings, pit volumes (including loss and gain display), etc.Remote displays are installed on the rig floor, in the company man's office and at the geologist's working

 place. Make sure that the data displayed are correct which is definitely not always the case, otherwise you

will receive frequent questions and corrections from the driller on the rig floor, and, much worse, the

mudlogging and geological work loses credibility.

  ! During tripping in and out of the hole and when running casing a special "trip screen" should be

displayed. This screen displays the position of the bit together with the calculated and actual hook 

load. Next to it actual and expected trip tank volume should be displayed.

Page 34: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 34/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 34 Mudlogging

4.4. Mudlogging Procedures and their Checks

Despite the wide range of computer applications and automatization, the quality of the mudlogging services

depends primarily on the skills and performance of the mudlogging crew. These non-automated routines

are called procedures in the following:

4.4.1. The Mudlogger's Work Sheet

Before data are fed into the computer systems, they must be recorded on paper. The mudlogger keeps a

tally book of the singles added to the drill string and copies this information to the work sheet. The work 

sheet list per depth increment (e.g. per meter) - at least - the following information:

  ! The pipe tally, i.e. lenght of single pipe added to the drill string and the total length of the drill

string. The work sheet must show the exact depth of the well after the current pipe has been drilled

down.

 !

Lag time and increment of lag time per unit of new hole, i.e. how many more  pump strokes arenecessary to lift the cuttings from the bottom to surface for every meter (or foot) of new hole

drilled.

  ! ROP as worked out from the kelly height indicator, ("geolograph").

  ! Gas readings of the total gas recorder and the chromatograph.

  ! Lithology description of the cuttings samples.

  ! Oil and gas show descriptions.

This work sheet - if kept properly - is a complete documentation of the well history and the geology

encountered. It should be up-to-date, with the last entries not older than exactly one depth increment

(something in the range of five meters when drilling fast in top hole and about one meter when drilling deep

hole slowly.

  ! Make sure that the work sheets are handed over to the geologist or another representative of the

operating oil company. Reason: Confidentiality.

4.4.2. Chart Recorders and Charts

Even though nearly all modern mudlogging systems are based on a digital database and digital displays,

the charts, i.e. the paper prints of the data are an important media of documentation and interpretation.

Charts are graphical recordings of sensor data on paper - directly or through a digital data system, which

modifies, stores and then displays the data.  ! All charts are to be marked every hour on a 24:00 hour basis including date (every 12:00 hours),

including depth and well name.

  ! Any calibration must be recorded on chart and annotated.

  ! Carbide checks and calibrations must be marked clearly on the total gas and chromatograph chart.

Mark also whenever the gas line is serviced or back-flushed.

  ! ROP chart: Each kelly down should be marked, as well as starting to make new hole (i.e. the

 position of the kelly height when the bit is on bottom with its full weight). Drilling breaks are to

 be marked (interval, top, bottom, etc.)

  ! Pit level charts: Any change of pit level must be explained on the chart.

  ! If a kick is suspected, note on the chart who was informed and when (time!). You may also record

this situation in the log book of the mudlogging unit - after  calling the driller and the company man

Page 35: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 35/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 35 Mudlogging

Explanations for a pit gain can be:

  ! Kick (formation fluids are entering the well bore).

  ! Mud is being transferred into the active system at surface.

  ! Water added at surface (diluting mud).

  ! Kick drill (see also page 40).

Explanations for a pit volume decrease can be:

  ! Mud loss to the formation.

  ! Mud transferred out of the active system at surface.

  ! Mud dumped (or part of the mud system disposed of, such as dumping the sand trap).

  ! Mud loss over the shakers. The shale shakers may be plugged with LCM materual or fine fraction

drilling returns. Then the mud is lost over the shakes and does not flow back to the mud pits.

Complete rolls of charts should be marked clearly indicating the sensors recorded (name trace and color),

well name, depth and time interval. they should be stored in the logging cabin until the end of the well and

then transferred to the company office in town. One box should correspond to one recorder. Note that the

charts are confidential data. Note, that the confidentiality also applies to the mudlogger's work sheet (see page 34).

4.4.3. The Mudlog

The presentation of the mudlog should be clean and tidy. Check for consistency and edit the geological

descriptions if you feel it is necessary. The mudlog must be up-to-date, it can be expected, that the

mudlogging crew completes their work on the log before they go for rest (e.g., after a 12 hour shift) so that

the new crew starts with a clean desk (see also page 20).

  ! There are several ways to plot the ROP curve: feet per hour [ft/hr], minutes per foot[min/ft] and

the same in metric units minutes per meter [min/m] and meters per hour [m/hr]. In any case, the

ROP should be displayed in a way that the slow drilling intervals deflect to the right and the fast

drilling intervals to the left of the track. This mimics the character of a gamma ray log: left = sand

or limestone = fast drilling progress.

  ! If the mudlog is generated from a computer database, make sure that the mudlogging crew follow

good practise and back-up their computer based data regularly, - best daily.

Page 36: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 36/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 36 Mudlogging

  11 Example: If the well has been drilled to 5000' at 6:00 hrs in the morning and the last sample seen at surface was from

4500' at 6:00, then the report will close with the lithological description down to 4500'.

  12 such as casing volume, open hole volume, displacement of tubulars like drill pipe, collars, tubing etc. Manuals of the

cementing companies (DOWELL SCHLUMBERGER  or HALLIBURTON) give answers to this questions. If such a manual is not

available in the mudlogging unit (it should be!), try the company man's office or the cementer on location.

4.4.4. Daily Reports

The mudlogging crew has to prepare a daily report. This report consists of the mudlog and a text report

(gas, show evaluation, formation description, etc.) covering the last 24 hours. This report is distributed to

the geologist, the company man and the representative of the drilling company. If a pressure engineer (see

 page 63) is on location, their reports may be combined.

Some companies request also a show evaluation report . This report describes and evaluates hydrocarbon

shows encountered within the reporting period.

  !  Note that the mudlogging report does not necessary cover the lithology down to the last foot or 

meter drilled in the reporting interval. If drilling continues, the report will cover the last  sample

at surface at the end of the reporting period11.

4.4.5. Lag Time Calculation and Cuttings Transport

 Lag time means the time in minutes or number of pump strokes necessary to move a sample (cuttings, oil

or formation gas) from the bit to the surface. Other, related numbers are the down time the number of pump

strokes or the time in minutes required to pump the fluid down the drillstring to the bit, and the round time

the time required to pump the fluid down the drill string and  up the annulus. The round time is the sum of 

down time and lag time.

The down time is usually only very few minutes wheras the lag time ranges between twenty minutes and

more than two hours, in some cases.

Complicationsarise offshore. On floating rig, the riser is the biggest diameter pipe and annular 

velocities can therefore be very slow. It is common that the drillers line up an

additional pump to the base of the riser to boost the velocity and improve the cuttings transport in this

section. Of course, this additional pump output must be included in the lag time calculation. In this case

calculate the riser as seperate hole section with different pump throughput and add this number to the lag

time calculated for the cased and open hole section.

The mudloggers keep a calculation sheet with all the pipe diameters in the hole (casing, open hole, drill

 pipe, collars, etc) and their capacities. The lag time is updated automatically by the computer or by hand

on the occasion of a new connection for the hole take and increased lag time. With every new meter 

drilled, the lag time increases and also additional volume of mud is required to keep the hole full.

Check the calculations and pipe volume parameters12 used for the lag time calculations and compare with

a carbide check.

! When a connection is made, carbide, wrapped in paper, is put into the drill pipe and pumped

downhole as the circulation resumes. Carbide reacts with water and gives off acetylene, which can

 be detected by the total gas detector. Calculate the lag down (pump strokes to pump it down) and

lag up (bottom to surface) and see if the artificial gas peak comes in correct. In cased hole, you

can calculate the pump efficiency. With given pump efficiency, you can calculate the hole diameter 

over open hole sections, where you may suspect washouts. If no carbide is available on location,

Page 37: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 37/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 37 Mudlogging

: a  Apparent Newtonian viscosity

d1 The outside diameter of the

inner pipe (drillpipe, collars,

etc.) in inches

d2 Inside diameter of the outer 

 pipe, the borehole diameter in

inches

ds The cuttings diameter in

inches

FT T r a n s p o r t r a t i o

(dimensionless)

K Consistency index of the fluid

n Flow behavior index of the

fluid

 NR  p Particle Reynolds number 

Va Mean annlar velocity in feet per minute (fpm)

Vsl Perticle slip velocity

Ds Cuttings density in g/cm3

Df  Fluid or mud density in g/cm3

use rice(!) instead. Reduce the sample interval and find if the first rice grains come up with the

right number of pump strokes.

  ! If the first arrival of the carbide gas is not consistent with the lag time calculation, search for an

explanation. In any case, the calculated and actual (carbide-) lag time should be recorded in the

log book. If you have access to a small computer, make your own spreadsheet for lag timecalculations to crosscheck the work of the mudlogging crew..

  ! Always use constant amounts of carbide (e.g. exactly hundred or two-hundred grams, - use a

 balance). The carbide peak measured should the be constant on the total gas detector, if not, this

is an indication that something has changed downhole. It could be a washout, changes in mud

 properties, particular in mud weight.

  ! If the carbide is significantly too early and the peak small, consider also a wash out in the drill

string.

 !

Always run a carbide test when drilling out casing shoe. At this time the entire mud circulation iswithin the casing the diameter of which is known precisely. The difference between the calculated

and actual lag time can be attributed to pump efficiency. This pump efficiency (as factor or 

 percentage) will then always be applied for the forthcoming open hole section. It is unlikely to

change unless the drillers change the liner of the pump and/or its pistons.

 Note that this pump efficiency was calculated for one of the two pumps or both pumps running

together. The pump efficiency needs to be established again if any of the relevant parameters

(number of pumps running, speed, liner size, etc.) is changed. (See also page 82).

  ! In the open hole section, i.e. when drilling longer distances of new formation, the lag time (after 

correction for pump efficiency) gives an indication of possible hole wash outs, calculated as an

increase in average hole size (Figure 18, Figure 18). Given the nominal lag time corrected for 

 pump efficiency is available (that is why you should run a carbide check in casing) the lag time

equation can be solved for the average open hole diameter.

The lag time is only the theoretical time (or number of pump strokes) hat cuttings and formation gas in the

mud would need to come to surface and be sampled or detected. In practise, cutings will always be late

realtive to the nominal lag time and gas can be early. The difference between the calculated lag time

depends on cuttings size and density, the mud density and the

annular velocity and type of flow (laminar or turbulent).

The following formulas put it into a mathematical background:

One widespread method in determining slip velocity of cuttings

during drilling operations is Moore’s correlcation. The correlation

involves equating the annular frictional pressure-loss for the power-

law and Newtonian fluid models and then solving for the apparent

 Newtonian viscosity.

The apparent Newtonian viscosity given by the first equation is

then used in calculating particle reynolds number given in the

second equation. The assumed perticle Reynolds number is checked by the calculated perticle Reynolds number given in the second

equation.

Page 38: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 38/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 38 Mudlogging

Figure 19: Laminar flow; arrows indicating

relative velocity of the mud.

Moore’s correlation:

The cuttings transport ratio is the ratio of the cuttings transport velocity over the divided by the mean

annular velocity (Va). A positive value of transport ratio means that cuttings are transported at the velocity

of the mud stream.

To make things more difficult, we must bear in mind that the fluid velocity is not the same all across the

diameter of the borehole: The mud moves slower near the borehole wall and near the drill pipe, provided

it is in laminar flow. The situation becomes more complex and less predictabe if the flow conditions are

turbulent. Figure (7) tries to illustrate this

situation.

For practical purposes, we can assume that

there is nearly no gravity separation of 

cuttings in the mud stream, but there is a

separation of gas (even solution gas) and

cuttings. Further, there is no significant delay for cuttings separated by different flow velocities in the mud

stream - unless the mud used has extremely high viscosity.

  ! Be aware of differential lag times between cuttings, oil, and gas, although this aspect should not

 be overemphasized (see also above). These materials will travel up the annulus at different rates,

depending on mud viscosity. Cuttings may be differentiated in correspondence with size and

specific gravity. This is an application of STOKE'S LAW. Some mudlogging companies apply

correcting algorithms in their lag-time calculations. Find

out how the lag time is calculated and if corrections are

applied. The differentiation of cuttings in the mud stream

is also increased in deviated and horizontal wells.

  ! In strongly deviated wells cuttings tend to accumulate at

the low side of the wellbore, thus leaving the mud stream

until they are stirred up by the drill pipe touching on the bore hole wall. Expect longer "tails" of marker beds when

working on deviated wells. This effect of settling cuttings

Page 39: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 39/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 39 Mudlogging

has nothing to do with the theoretical transport velocities as discussed above.

4.4.6. Hole Cleaning

One point, closely related to the cuttings transport is the efficiency of hole cleaning. Are you getting toomuch or not enough cuttings ? Are all cuttings removed from the well and brought to surface ? And, how

could you tell ?

  ! Check the shale shakers every time you walk passed there. Is the volume of cuttings coming over 

the shakers in relation with the hole drilled ?

Big diameter holes (17½” and 12¼”) produce more cuttings per foot or meter drilled than small

diameter holes such as 8½” or even 6" diameter hole. The amount of cuttings coming

over the shakers depends also on pump output. So, finding the right  amount of cuttings that should come

over the shakers is very much subjective. Therefore, check every time you walk past the shakers to build

a feeling for what is normal and what may not be normal.

  ! Too much cuttings: That means that the hole is caving, there is more rock material coming from

the hole than actally drilled up by the bit. The additional volume of rock material is caved from

the side of the borehole wall. This situation is relatively easy to diagnose because the additional

material, the cavings have a different shape than the cuttings. Cavings are usually much bigger 

than cuttings and can be indicative of overpressure (more on page 63). A rock type particularly

 prone to caving is coal, young tertiary coals in particular.

  ! Another reason for  too much cuttings may be that cuttings have accumulated “somewhere” and

are coming to surface. This “somewhere” may be in the possum belly itself, somewhere in the

flow line or - more typical - at the base of the marine riser. The annulus increases abruptly at the

 base of the marine riser and above th cased hole section. Consequently, the ud velocity decreases

sharply at this point and cuttings can settle out there. Most offshore rigs are constructed in way

that an additional mud pump (the booster pump) can inject mud at the base of the riser to increase

the annular velocity.

  !  Not enough cuttings. Cuttings remain in the hole. This is a dangerous situation because the

cuttings will “choke” the circulation at one time. If cuttings remain in the wellbore, or even worse,

in the open hole section, the cloud of cuttings may settle out when the pumps are switched off (to

make a connection, for example) and can pack-off the stabilizers or the bit. A diagnostic indication

is the occurrence of overpull when making a connection or when pulling out the first stands.

In either of the situations, consult with the company man, tell him his observation - and don’t be surprisedif he has another point of view. In any case, report !

Page 40: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 40/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 40 Mudlogging

4.4.6. Kick (Pit Volume) Drills

Lossand gain in mud volume can reflect loss to the formation or entrance of formation fluids into the

wellbore, a kick leading in the worst case to a blow-out. Although the volume of the mud pits is

also observed by the driller on the rig floor, the correct response of the mudlogging crew to pit level

variations is essential.

  ! Most of the mud level changes may have other reasons. Water may be added to the mud (gain),

new mud may be transferred from another pit (gain), mud may be dumped (loss), etc. Before such

changes are made, the driller should call the mudlogger to inform him about his plans. If the driller 

does not adhere to this practice, he cannot expect the optimum cooperation with the mudloggers.

In this case, tell the company man about the shortcomings.

  ! The pit level sensor system including the setting of alarms should be sensitive to changes in the

range of ± one barrel. However, this does not mean that the alarms should be set to ±1 barrel.

 !

When the mud pumps are switched on, mud is taken from the pits and the surface system fills up,the pit volume will show an apparent loss for some minutes. On the contrary, when the pumps are

stopped, mud flows from the shakers and the flowline back to the pits and shows an apparent pit

gain. This fluctuation due to starting and stopping the pumps can be as small as 5 bbl on a very

small slimhole rig or as much as 40 bbl on a big rig with a huge surface system.

  ! If unexplained changes in this range occur, the driller on the driller on the rig floor must be

informed immediately. Any change in mud level (gain or loss) must be annotated and explained

on the recorder chart (see page 34). No exceptions.

Check

  ! Go to the mud pits and lift up the sensor of the active pit, thus imitating a pit gain and see what

happens. If the mudloggers call the rig floor immediately, everything is up to standard. Inform the

driller and the company man before you make your exercise. The check is more difficult if an

acoustic pit sounding system is used. You can put your hard-hat or a plank under the transducers

to simulate a pit gain; however, the response of the indicators in the mudlogging unit are different.

An experienced mudlogger will easily spot the nature of the exercise.

As a kick or loss of mud to the formation may also occur during a trip, proper monitoring of the mud level

in the hole during a trip is extremely important. Due to the swab pressure applied while tripping out, the

hydrostatic pressure on the formation is reduced. In fact, most kicks and blow-outs occur on when tripping

out of the hole. The volume of mud gained or lost must be equivalent to the volume displaced by the drill

 pipe.

4.4.7. Sample Collection

Sample collection is the duty of the mudloggers. This duty is sometimes delegated to a sample catcher, a

helper in the mudlogging shack. Most of the sample material is gathered at the shale shakers. But this is

not sufficient. Even during routine drilling, you (or the mudloggers) have to check the desander and desilter 

outlet every time a sample is collected. Collect an additional sample from the desander and desilter and put

it together with the cutting samples for inspection and bagging. It is indispensable that you check, that this

 practice is understood and followed by the mudloggers.

Samplesshould be caught by placing a wooden board across the front of the shakers, so as to catch

a representative sample of cuttings. If different screens are used on a twin shaker use two

Page 41: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 41/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 41 Mudlogging

 boards and make the sample up from both piles. Normally the proportion should be approximately 50:50,

however in sand sections the ratio needs to be changed so a more representative sample is caught.

  ! Make sure the roughneck who is on duty at the shakers during drilling does not change the planks,

dumps the cuttings piles. Tell him what this construction is about and, also, not to mess with it.

  ! During fast drilling and in a big diameter hole, the board(s) will overload quickly, so the sample

 becomes non-representative. It is best in this case to bulk the sample using two separate

collections, one at half, one at full lag time.

  ! During slow drilling, the same procedure may be need to be repeated several times in order to get

a representative sample and to get enough quantity.

  ! Always wash the boards and the shakers down after collecting a sample.

  ! When a sample is missed for some reason, never  bulk it up using the next depth. Put the relevant

 bag, empty, into the sample box or bag for shipment. Note the depth or depth interval missed onthe work sheet and log book. Leave sample description sheet and mudlog blank for that interval.

(See also page 41, bypassed shale shakers.)

  ! Whenever the desander or desilter is in use, always collect samples from the cyclones and describe

on the work sheet. The sample recovered from the desander or desilter should be added to the

sample collected from the shakers.

  ! During coring reference samples should be taken. As the sample material is not sufficient to fill

the sample bags, add empty bags (page 46) as place-holders.

  ! Do not accept any sample material of unknown origin. If someone brings you a piece of something

throw it away.

4.4.8. Cuttings Sampling and Sample Interval

Selecting an appropriate sample interval is the responsibility of the wellsite geologist. Select an interval

that suits geological needs and that is feasible under given drilling progress. The sample interval usually

decreases with depth or as the zones of interest are approached. At top hole the interval may be as wide as

50 feet (or about 25 meters) or even more. When the drilling rate slows down in deeper strata the sample

spacing may be as close as 3 feet (or about 1 meter in round metric units).

  ! At times of fast drilling, in particular at the big-diameter tophole section, other factors influencethe sample interval. The driller will pick up the bit and wipe up and down the hole for the full

length of the kelly when making a connection. This mixes the cuttings samples in the annulus.

Make your calculations of lag time and do not try to take closer samples than warranted by the

actual resolution of the mud stream.

  ! As a guideline, try to adjust the sample interval so that there are not more than four to six samples

 per hour to be taken. For a short interval higher sample rates may be tolerated, however, be aware

that the overall quality of the mudlogging services decreases if too many samples are to be taken

within a given time.

The shale shakers may be bypassed for one or the other reason. If lost circulation material (LCM) is inthe mud, it plugs the shaker screens. The drillers have a wide selection of materials to combat lost

circulation: Mica (muscovite), walnut or peanut shells, processed sugar cane fibre, peanut shells,

cellophane flakes, etc. When in use, the costly mud would then run over the shakers and be lost, moreover,

Page 42: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 42/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 42 Mudlogging

  13 This device is also called Autocalcimeter , despite its low degree of automatization.

  14 If drilling is too fast to keep up with the calcimetry you have to instruct the mudloggers to analyze only every second or third

sample.

the LCM material, which is added to the mud to do its job downhole would be filtered out. Therefore

drilling people bypass the shale shakers on some occasions. Try to collect a sample with a sieve from the

mud stream (flowline). If the sample volume recovered is not sufficient, take frequent samples and lump

the material together to fill the sample bags.

  ! For the sake of good practice intervals with no sample recovery (i.e. with empty sample bags)should be noted in the log book, reported on the daily report and noted on the transmittals sheets

of sample shipments (see also page 41, missed sample).

4.4.9. Calcimetry

Calcimetry13 is another geological tool particularly relevant in carbonate provinces. The principle is simple.

A certain volume of cuttings substance (about one gram) is dissolved in hydrochloric acid in an enclosed

test vessel and the pressure is recorded an a small strip chart. Calcite is dissolved very fast, dolomite

slower, quartz, clay, etc. is insoluble in HCl. After calibration with clean CaCO3, the recorded pressure

curve can be translated into absolute values, whereby the first, almost immediate pressure peak is setequivalent to the calcite content of the sample. The increment to final pressure reading after three or four 

minutes is attributed to the dolomite content of the sample. Dolomite dissolves slower. The remaining

difference between a formation (cuttings) sample and the CaCO3 calibration sample is attributed to the

weight of the insoluble residue. The whole process takes five to eight minutes, so don't expect the

mudlogger in charge to produce more than one calcimetry measurement per ten minutes14.

This description of the calcimetry process appears complicated, in fact once you see the apparatus, it is

quite clear how it works - and where the weak points are:

  ! The calcimetry is very sensitive to any change in the environment controlling the reaction. Needless

to say that a change in acid concentration changes the calibration, but be also aware that changes

in ambient temperature may act in the same way.

  ! Variations within the range of 5 % (weight) are fully within the variation of the system and

acceptable.

! Check when the last calibration was made (it should be noted in the mudlogging unit's log book).

A calibration run per day or better one per shift is not asking too much. Re-calibration is due also

whenever a new bottle of acid or a new bag of calibration CaCO3 is begun.

  ! Have a look (with the microscope, of course) on the insoluble residue left after calcimetry. There

are interesting things to find (- from a geologist's point of view).

Page 43: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 43/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 43 Mudlogging

Important: Tetrabromethane and 

calcium bromine are carcinogenic

 fluids. Handle as little of the fluid

as possible. Clean and dry

equipment - if any possible -

outside.

4.4.10. Shale Density

Shaledensity can be measured in three different ways:

  ! Several large test tubes are filled with various density liquids

 produced by mixing differing amounts of tetrabromethane andtrichorethane. Some contractors use water solutions of calcium

 bromine. These tubes are individually calibrated with a

hydrometer. Then it is a matter of finding which density tube

allows the shale cutting to "hover", i.e. neither float or sink.

  ! A development of the method above is a large graduated

cylinder carefully filled with tetrabromethane and trichlorethane so that the fluid is more dense at

the base and less dense near the surface. The tube is calibrated by placing colored beads of known

density and plotting their position on graph paper. The shale cutting is placed (with a piece of wire,

shaped like a long spoon) into the tube. Its "hovering" position indicates its density.

 Note that the density of the test fluids changes with time owing to evaporation. Also, the second method

(graded test tube) is sensitive to vibration which disturbs the delicate equilibrium of fluids. The calibration

graph should therefore be checked once a day and the fluid changed with new fluid about once a week.

  ! The best method is the shale bulk density, which can be measured by filling a mud balance with

cuttings until it balances at 8.33 ppg. The cup is then filled with water and the total weight (W)

measured. To convert to metric units use the following equation:

A number of problems and limitations is common to all three methods:

  ! Drying of the cuttings for the two density fluid methods is critical. Cuttings should be dipped in

Acetone and allowed to stand for a few seconds in air.

  ! Cavings must be avoided.

  ! Shale composition and accessories (especially carbonates and pyrite) affect the density.

Page 44: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 44/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 44 Samples

5. Sample Material

5.1. Routine Samples

There are three different basic types of cutting samples (besides core and sidewall core samples) collected

at the wellsite:

  ! Wet samples. These are drill cuttings, which are bagged in cloth or plastic sample bags. The

sample material is not washed  or rinsed to clean the material from mud contamination. This is bulk 

sample material used mainly for paleontology.

Cloth sample bags should no longer be used. Unless the sample material is perfectly dry, the bags

will mildew or foul and disintegrate within weeks, leaving you or the poor lab technician with a

 big mess of unidentifyable samples. More recently, plastic / aluminum sample bags have become

available. These bags, similar to those used for vacuum packed coffee, need to be sealed with a

special electrical tongue, much like plastic bags for the freezer.

! Washed and dried samples. Drill cuttings are washed with water over a set of sieves. The mudcontamination is washed away. If too much washing is done, soft shales will be washed away also.

The sample material is dried, packed in paper envelopes or small self-sealing plastic bags (size

about 6.5 x 12 centimeters) and shipped in cardboard boxes. The washed and dried samples are

used for quick lithological reference. They are of little use for micropaleontological purposes

 because some of the clay fraction containing microfossils is at least partially washed away.

  ! Geochem samples are unwashed samples collected in cans. The cans are filled with tap water to

about 1 inch (1-2 cm) below their top. One drop of biocide is added to prevent bacterial growth.

Put the lid on carefully. The cans should be gas tight and not leak. Store upside down. The cans

 become corroded by the drilling mud within days or weeks. Fast transport to town is indicated. The

geochemist in town will first punch a small hole in the cans to take the headspace gas for chromatographic analysis. The cutting material is used to extract organic compounds for 

chromatography and kerogen determination (done on polished mounted cuttings). The

chromatographical analysis is very sensitive to organic contaminants in the mud. Note any possible

organic contaminant (like diesel oil, organic mud additives etc.) on the transmittal note and include

a separate sample of the contaminant (see also page 45).

If no headspace gas analysis is required (some geochemists think it is "good money for old rope"

anyway), geochem samples may be collected like wet samples and dried. Another technique is to

collect wet samples and geochem samples in strong plastic sample bags (actually a bag consisting

of two plastic and one aluminum layer) which are sealed. This method is relatively expensive but

has obvious advantages.

Page 45: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 45/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 45 Samples

5.2. Other Sample Material

  !  Hot shot  samples are cuttings (or sidewall cores) sent to town for paleontological analysis on a

rush basis. This is done to find out if a certain horizon or marker has been penetrated. (See also

 page 67, wellsite biostratigraphy.)

!  Bit Samples on trips. Try to collect a sample from the drilling bit every time the drill string is

tripped to the surface. Here you get sample material from a given depth. You do not rely on lag

time calculations. Do not take your sample from the stabilizers. If you get anything, you will get

a selection of all lithologies of the open hole section with an over-representation of tight spots and

sticky clays.

Apart from rock samples other samples may be necessary or requested from time to time :

  ! Water samples from the formation (coming from RFT or DST) or a water sample from the drill

water used to mix the mud. Use the geochem cans or a glass jar, not plastic containers.

  ! Oil samples. The oil may come from a DST or RFT, or even a producing well nearby. Collect

fluid in glass or metal container. Do not use a plastic container. Be aware that this sample is not

a complete oil sample as it may be required for technical oil analysis (required for refinery

 purposes) and not a reservoir sample, on which PVT analysis could be done. It may be sufficient

for geochemical purposes (source rock to oil correlation, etc.)

  !  Pressurized fluid sample. It is collected from DSTs at the separator or the wellhead under pressure

and stored in a pressure sample bottle, a ½ gallon steel container. The sample is needed to study

the phase behavior under reservoir conditions (i.e., under different pressure and temperature

conditions; therefore called PVT sample). The containers for pressured samples are available on

a rental basis from the well testing contractors. Shipment of pressured sample containers has to

comply with regulations for dangerous goods. Contact the freight agent or the materials and

logistics department of your company for details.

  ! Contaminant sample. You often need to take a sample of mud contaminants or other substances

of interest (Diesel oil, organic mud additives). Use the appropriate container. Label properly

(including date, batch number and sample point). See also page 46).

  ! Small gas sample, non-pressurized . If you need a small volume gas sample for compositional or 

carbon isotope analysis, use pre-evacuated glass tubes for sampling. These tubes are available

from agents for medical supplies. The tubes are sealed with a rubber diaphragm. A double pointed

hypodermic needle comes with it. To take the sample, stick the needle into the sample point (rubber 

hose from the separator or RFT tool), then push the other end of the needle into the diaphragm of the glass tube. The vacuum "sucks" the gas into the tube. Shipment as dangerous goods is not

necessary because the tubes are normally pressured.

  !  Environmental Samples are strictly non-geological samples. Such samples are taken to document

the effect of the drilling operation on the environment or the toxity of chemicals used in the

operation. Environmental samples can be water, soil, rock, plant, mud etc.

Page 46: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 46/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 46 Samples

  15 Very unlike cores, which are taken at points of interest only, cutting samples are taken over the entire well section. Rules of 

confidentiality are therefore not violated if the depth interval is written on the shipment containers of cuttings samples. See also

 page 62.

5.3. Sample Shipment

Before shipment, make sure that the samples (in particular the wet sample bags) are reasonably clean, dry

and closed properly.

  ! Tie groups of ten sample bags together with a cardboard tag.

  ! If no samples were recovered over an interval (because of bypassed shakers, lost circulation, etc.),

label empty bags and put them together with the samples recovered in the shipment container. The

technician who receives the shipment and selects samples for analysis will know then that no

sample has been recovered at a certain depth an he will not have to search the whole bag for a

 particular sample.

  ! Label every box, sack or sample container with :

  Shipping address (Company address or the address of the analytical contractor).

Well name or number.

Depth interval15

.

  ! Inform your company, supervisor or the receiver of the sample material in writing  about time,

means and content of shipment. Ideally, you would fax a copy of the transmittal to town.

  ! Keep a record of the sample material that has left the location. Best in the log book (page 20) of 

the mudlogging unit. The wellsite geologist is always made responsible for the proper 

documentation of sample shipments.

  ! Keep one set of washed and dried samples at location until drilling is completed. This is for 

reference, in case you want to review a certain interval later.

Follow-throughthe sample shipment as closely as possible. Find out by which means and over 

which route the samples are transported. This puts you in the position to find out

where the shipment might have become stuck if it does not arrive in time at its destination.

Page 47: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 47/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 47 Geologist’s Routines and Reporting

O

6. Wellsite Geologist's Routines

 Now, as you have convinced yourself that the sensors work properly and the mudlogging crew is up to

standards, you have to show some action yourself. There are a number of routine and non-routine duties

that the wellsite geologist has to take care of himself and cannot be delegated to the mudloggers or anybody

else.

Special reference is made to the job description of the wellsite geologist on page 7 of this book. The main

objective is to collect, document and interpret geological  data. It is not the objective to help the drillng

 people, the company man, or someone else. However, it is part of the job to keep them informed about all

geological aspects. In practise, this means that whenever you may be trapped between different priorities

of your work, follow this sequence:

  ! Safety first, then geology, finally drilling aspects.

As an example, if the driller or company man tells you to watch the pit volume during a trip, be aware that

he is delegating one of his tasks. Or, when you are asked to help counting casing, only help if there are noother geological duties on priority - and there will always be something more important (page 122 of this

 book gives several examples).

One of the duties, actually the main reason for your presence on the rig, is to monitor the operation, which

means to be around and to know what is going on and represent the standpoint of the geology department

on the rig.

 AwarenessThe geologist should know at least and constantly be aware of:

  ! Where are you ? Your present best guess in which strata the bit is drilling at this

moment. How far away (both in depth and in operating time) are casing points,expected reservoirs and TD?

  ! How is the hole condition ? Any drilling problems, indications of overpressure, sticky hole or 

indications of lost circulation ?

  ! What type of bit is run, how long will it drill (approximately) and when is the next trip expected.

Have a look at the worn bit when it comes to surface. This gives a "feeling" as to what the

mechanical properties of the formation may be (hard, sticky, abrasive...).

  ! What sort of bottom hole assembly is run (slick, stiff, pendulum, directional, etc.) and why ? The

 bottom hole assembly is a matter of drilling engineering. There is not much a geologist can

contribute to drilling techniques, however, he should have a clear idea why things are done the way

they are. Are we following the drilling program or is there any deviation from it ? If you don't

know - ask !

  ! What type of mud is in the hole, what are the basic parameters (weight, viscosity, water loss,

salinity, special additives used like diesel oil, etc.) ?

  ! Is your crew and equipment complete ? Are you waiting for personnel (service companies, etc.)

or equipment (logging tools, spare parts, etc.) ? If so, have you reported the situation before

and/or requested your supervisors action ? When ?

Be discerning that you should know only many things but by no means should you ever comment or in anyway, be it formal or informal, report anything about these particulars. This is solely the job and

responsibility of the drilling people and the company man.

Page 48: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 48/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 48 Geologist’s Routines and Reporting

  16Some other operators call this presentation sample log .

  17You can actually judge the quality of the reporting procedures of your outfit by the degree the both logs are duplications or complementing each other.

6.1. Reporting

The second-most important task of the wellsite geologist is to report his findings to his supervisor in town

or the base office. He is judged by the quality and punctuality of the reports he turns in. There are as many

different reporting formats and procedures as there are operating oil companies. Nevertheless, your report

should always be made up in such a way that it conveys the message as clearly, simply and completely as possible. Just imagine that you are in the office, receiving a report from a well that you never heard of 

 before. Could you figure out from the report given what is going on out there?

Point out the different levels of reliability of statements in a report. There are tentative sample tops on one

side and there are firm easy to pick marker horizons, for example. So stick to the good old principle to keep

observation and interpretation apart. Make clear in you report where the interpretation begins. Report if 

your interpretation is based on poor data quality. Note "poor sample quality", or "based on color change..."

or "interpreted from ROP..." or any other explanation, that may be relevant to judge the quality and

reliability of the interpretation given.

6.1.1. The Master Log

The wellsite geologist has to prepare some kind of graphical presentation (log) of the lithological sequence

drilled. On some occasions, this can be done using computer programs that draw logs and serve as a small

data base. To differentiate your product from themudlog , that is prepared by the mudlogging contractor,

it is called the master log 16 or strip log. This master log is to a certain degree a duplication 17 of the work 

done by the mudlogging contractor, but in a way it should be more of an interpretative summary, while the

mudlog is more descriptive. Modern computer based systems may change this situation in the near future.

Database systems have become available, which enable the geologist and the mudloggers to work with the

same data. Geological data files can be merged with technical parameters recorded in the mudlogging unit

(ROP, gas etc.) and a graphical combination with wireline log data and MWD displays is possible. The

daily report would then be a computer file transmission to the office, or, the office could directly access

the actual and up-to-date data files on the rig.

There are two basic concepts as to how to produce a lithological log: The  percentage log   and the

interpretative lithology log . The percentage log records the lithology of the cutting samples as observed.

Only obvious alien material such as cement is disregarded and the lithology of cuttings is described, using

 percentage values to describe the composition of the cuttings sample. The interpretative log, in contrast,

seeks to zone lithologies, that occur together in one sample relative to the rate of penetration (ROP), gas

occurrance and any other observation of relevance. For example, a coal streak of a few feet thickness which

caves in over the following hundreds of feet will be recorded as only one streak (if recognized as such) in

the interpretative log. On the percentage log it will show as a high percentage of coal cuttings fading away

over the interval, still, being described as "trace" near the end of the interval.

Page 49: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 49/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 49 Geologist’s Routines and Reporting

F

6.1.2. The Daily Report

Depending upon the set-up, the routines within your company, the daily geological report is either sent by

alone or combined with the drilling report as an integral part thereof. It may be sent by telex, fax, e-mail,

file transfer or read out on the phone or radio. Any type and format of a daily geological report should

contain at least the following information:

  ! Well name and/or number.

  ! Depth at reporting deadline (usually midnight or 06:00 hrs local time in the morning).

  ! Date report sent, and date of reporting period.

  ! Footage drilled and summary of operations. Make sure you have exactly the same details on your 

report like the company man. Often, the midnight depth is rounded or slightly changed by the

driller or company man and then entered into the reports. Check with the company man what he

 puts on his report. In case of differences, the daily IADC report of the drilling contractor is theultimate authority.

  ! Interpreted lithology, hydrocarbon shows and stratigraphy.

  ! Hydrocarbon show evaluation as complete as it is available at the reporting deadline.

  ! Graphical presentation (the “log”). Send a copy of your log, or the mudlog, if technically possible

 by fax or electronic mail.

Do not  delay the report only because you want to include something, which you think is important. (If you

had a drilling break just at reporting deadline, report only what you know for certain. You still can send

an update. Beside, the people from the office will call you anyway.)

Reportin intervals. That means group similar lithologies together, add rate of penetration,

hydrocarbon shows etc for the interval under consideration. A good report will always read

"from" and "to", giving an interval.

Make sure to send the geological report every day, even if there is no geological activity such as when

casing is run and cemented. Make up the standard form with a remark "no geology to report" or "no

drilling" or whatever is appropriate in the given situation. This habit keeps up the routine of paper flow and

evades the silly question from the town office, "why did you not send a report today ...?"

6.1.3. Ad-hoc Reports

Be prepared at any time, 24 hours a day, for your supervisor to call you on the rig and ask for 

an update of the last report. You may just have gone to bed and have no idea what is going on

so do not answer the phone or radio unless you know the basic data:

! What is the current operation ?

! What is the present depth ?

! Any shows or other interesting things to report?

! Markers reached, change of formation ?

! What is the present average drilling progress (ROP) ?

! Background gas reading ?

Page 50: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 50/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 50 Geologist’s Routines and Reporting

O

If you don’t know wht’a going on, do not commit to any statement if you do not have the correct answer.

Ask for a few minutes time and find out, even if it appears embarrassing at the moment. It is better this

way. The people in the office could base important decisions on the answers you give.

Again, a well kept notebook can be an important help. Note down the important parameters

(depth, progress, gas, etc.) every time you leave the logging unit. When you are called to the phone or radio you can call the mudlogging unit for a short update.

6.1.4. Contribution to the Final Well Report

Regardless of whether you will compile the final well report later, or not, prepare and file your data in a

format that is similar to the format used for the final well report. Many data are easily collected during

operations at the wellsite but almost irretrievable from the files. (Page 109, the circulation time prior to

logging is an excellent example). Make your notes and keep your notebook. This notebook, if properly kept

and annotated can be a treasure of information.

  ! If you have a computer on location, it may be a good idea to merge the lithological descriptions

every day into one file. This document needs to be edited when sidewall cores and lab results

 become available before it can be used as contribution to the final well report.

  ! Keep a file logging the daily operations (check the daily drilling report) and another document in

which you type the body of the final well report, interpretation and results of analyses if they

 become available from town office.

6.1.5. Data Security and Confidentiality

Treat all data as confidential and unique. That means lock you report and log file away if possible and

make sure nobody makes copies of your work - don't forget you computerized data, original data or 

interpretation without your permission. Think also of your waste paper and make sure is shreddered or at

least torn up and disposed off properly. Think also of the confidential value of your notebook, diskettes

used and data that may be filed on the hard disk of a shared computer on the rig.

The mudlogging and wireline logging contractors have always access to the most sensitive data are but are

committed to confidentiality by their work- or service contracts. Assume that they adhere to professional

standards of confidentiality. There is usuially no problem, if you share data and sensitive information with

them; however, do not divulge any information to them which is beyond the scope of their work.

If you mail data to the office, make sure that a back-up copy, a duplicate, is kept on the rig, in case the mailis lost during transport. This applies in particular for transparencies (mudlog, etc.) and magnetic tapes or 

diskettes with mudlogging data.

For some operations such as testing, special rules of confidentiality apply. It may be requested by the

operator not to report in open language, which means you have to encode your report (see also page 9).

This may be necessary in particular if you report by short wave radio. (See also page 62 for aspects of 

confidentiality for packed sample material.)

Special reference is made also to  strip charts and work sheets (page 34 and page 34). This data may

appear out-dated , superseded or even useless when the well is completed. Nevertheless it can tell the whole

story of the well. It is absolutely essential that this data is transferred to the office of the operating oilcompany. If the operations geologist should decide to destroy this data it's his business.

Page 51: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 51/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 51 Samples

6.2. Working with Cuttings Samples

6.2.1. Sample Preparation

Samples

taken from the shakers (see page 40, sample collection) must be prepared, washed, sieved,

 prior to description and packaging. Sample preparation is the duty of the mudloggers.Supervise and see if the following procedures are implemented:

  ! Both fresh water and sea water are acceptable to wash the samples.

  ! The raw wet sample should be put in the top tray of the sieve column, preferably 5mm screen size,

and washed with a high pressure single jet applied in an angle to the sample. the action should be

to slice the sample so that it breaks up and falls through the large sieve. The aim is not  to pulverize

the individual sample chips. After the raw sample has been jetted into the lower sieves, a spray

should be used to disintegrate the remaining sample.

 !

You must have a complete set of sample sieves in  good condition. During casing jobs or rigmoves, the sieves should be thoroughly washed and dried in the sample oven to inhibit

deterioration. Special care should be taken when there is salt in either the mud or the sample

washing water (sea water). Do not be tempted to help preserve the sieves with oil as it will

contaminate your next samples.

  ! Care should be taken not to wash away the clay fraction. When in doubt, reduce the amount of 

washing. Use a squeezed sponge underneath the finest sieve to remove excess water, and transfer 

to a stainless steel sample tray.

  ! During washing, look out for an oil skim on the water after it has passed over the sample.

  !  Note the proportion of obvious spalled cavings retained on the uppermost sieve.

6.2.2. Sample Description

The general lithologic description of rock samples is in principle the same as the description of outcrop

samples. However, owing to the nature of cuttings, the description of sedimentary structures is nearly never 

 possible. This guidebook is not another sample description manual  ! The author recommends using the

sample description manual of the operating company, or, alternatively, the AAPG sample examination

manual, (SWANSON, 1981) which originates from SHELL, a reputable operator.

Only a few points, which apply particularly to cuttings rather than outcrop samples, are made here.

! Describe samples when they are wet ! No exception. If the sample material is dry, wet the surface

with water. Structures and colors are much clearer visible when the sample is wet.

  ! Claystones and shales need special attention. Usually shales arrive in the cuttings tray as soft, or 

even soluble, whereas sidewall core samples from the same shales show a hard, splintery lithology.

This is due to the effect of the mud on shales, its alkalinity and its temperature. Claystones and

shales can be altered significantly being exposed to relatively high bottom hole temperatures in

conjunction with high pH.

The lithological description should follow this sequence:! Rock type (main lithology).

! Color.

! Texture, including grain size, roundness, etc.

Page 52: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 52/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 52 Samples

! Cement and/or matrix.

! Fossils and mineral accessories.

! Sedimentary structures (if possible to describe).

! Porosity and oil shows (visual inspection).

Using this descriptive sequence and commonly accepted abbreviations allows to describe even fairlycomplicated lithologies correctly using a minimum of text.

Even within the given framework of a sample description manual or company guidelines for sample

description, it is a common fact, that two geologists will describe the very same sample with a different

wording. The same may apply for the graphical presentation of geological data, a hand-drawn mudlog in

 particular. Never mind !

  ! If you crew change with another geologist and tie into his previous work, have a look at his last

samples and how he described them, but then make your own description. Later you will possibly

have to defend your description, but nobody will give you credit for a mistake or error in

 judgement that you may have taken over from someone else just for the sake of continuity.

On the other side you may even repeat your own sample description differently under different

circumstances. A different microscope, another UV box, or just a variation of ambient lighting may change

at least your color description or, even more your characterization of stain and cut colors.

Sample description is rather a subjective matter of art and than a science. Exact and quantitative data, like

grain size, porosity etc. are made in the lab in town, not at the wellsite.

6.2.2.1. Tricks and Pitfalls

There are many things that can go wrong with a sample decription. If you have been trapped in one of the

 pitfalls - don't cover up. As embarassing as it may be at the moment, use the next best situation to rectify

your report. A good opportunity is the daily report of the following day. Don't worry, mistakes happen and

can happen to everybody.

Cementcontamination:

  ! When drilling closely below cemented casing, or, if cement plugs have been set recently, check 

every sample for cement contamination with Phenolphthalein. This agent gives a purple stain to

the cement particles and leaves the rock cuttings unstained. Cement looks similar to a gray fine

mudstone or siltsone sometimes with black grains. Even the most seasoned wellsite geologist can

 be sometimes in doubt. Cement looks strikingly similar to a fine sand- or siltstone.

Mud additives(in particular soluble organics like lignosulfonate) may come up undissolved and

as pieces, thus sieved out over the shale shaker screens and lost for the further 

 process.

  ! Gelly "fish-eyes" are one typical indication of undissolved mud additives of the starch group. They

do not do any harm to samples or analysis. Gelly fish eyes are often seen in the cuttings after a

high viscosity sweep pill ("hi-vis pill") has been pumped to clean the hole.

  ! Lignosufonate, another mud additive, can easily be mistaken for low rank coal. Lignosulfonate is

usually in one characteristic grain size fraction whereas coal tends to cave and appear blocky,often in very coarse pieces. Linosulfonate is also much softer than coal, except coals, lignites

which come from very shallow levels (low rank coals).

Page 53: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 53/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 53 Samples

  ! Some material used to combat lost circulation (LCM) looks strikingly similar to low rank coal or 

some basaltic rocks. This material ("Nutplug") is made from nut shells and black. If in doubt, try

to burn it.

  ! Other mud additives (such as Baranex®) are strikingly similar to amber.

! Barite can be mistaken for fine sand. If in doubt, compare with the original material from the mud

room or tank. Check the specific gravity with density fluids. Barite will sink whereas quartz sand

will float in tetrabromethane.

  !  Mica is used as LCM material. If you find loose mica (muscovite) in the samples, assume first that

this is LCM material added to the mud. Only if the mica is associated with an igneous lithology

you may interpret differently. Mica is very pervasive and is found in the mud system even if no

such material has been added for days or even the duration of the well you are on.

  !  Plastic based LCM : Another group of LCM is plugging material made from plastic flakes

(polyethylene or - less common - polyester). Some of these materials flouresce similar colors likereal oil shows.

  !  Pipe dope, grease used to treat the pipe connections. It flouresces. Pipe dope contains lead or other 

metal particles which can be identified under the microscope if the substance is rubbed between

the fingers or over a piece of paper. Some other pipe dope may have a copper or bronze colour.

  ! Other grease may look even more misleading. Sand and other rock particles may be mixed with

the grease which gives a very "authentic" impression. If in doubt, ask the mechanic on location if 

he he knows what it is.

  !  Paint particles sometimes make their way into the sample tray. These colorful flakes cannot be

mistaken for a mineral but still may be confusing.

  !  Pipe scale. Rosty pieces from inside the drill pipe may occur in the samples, inparticular when the

 pipe has not been used for weeks or monhts. Pipe scale is magnetic but still has a resemblance to

limonitic shales.

When describing samples, look also for material which does apparently not  come from the formation. This

can be cement from the last casing point or mud additives, which are not soluble or have not been dissolved

yet, or metal chips:

  ! If you find significant volumes of metal chips or metals shavings, tell the company man. This

material has a fresh metal luster and is long, curly and different from pipe scale. The bit may bedrilling on metal junk in the hole or the drill pipe may be wearing the casing, with the risk of 

cutting a hole into it if the situation persists. Use a magnet to fish the steel cuttings from the tray.

Some companies also put a magnet into the flow line or the possum belly and check daily, if 

magnetic material has been accumulated (see also page 83).

6.2.3. Hydrocarbon Show Detection and Description

Hydrocarbon show detection and description is the key task of the wellsite geologist and of the mudlogging

crew. However, despite the importance of hydrocarbon detection, nearly all of the tests and indications of 

a hydrocarbon show are weak, depend on experience or special situations and are far away fromconclusiveness. Only petrophysical analysis will give the conclusive determination of the presence of 

commercial quantities of oil or gas.

Page 54: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 54/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 54 Samples

The color and intensity of stain, fluorescence, cut, cut fluorescence and residual cut fluorescence will vary

with each hydrocarbon accumulation. The ageing of the shows owing to a volatile hydrocarbon fraction

evaporating quickly, and flushing by drilling fluids tend to mask the evidence of hydrocarbons, sometimes

 beyond recognition.

  ! Be aware that not all indications may be present when a hydrocarbon accumulation is penetrated.

  ! Believe and be sure of your own observation. In many situations the geologist tends to revise his

interpretation under the pressure of questions such as "...are you really sure ?"

Some general points pertaining to hydrocarbon detection are listed below. The more specific tests are

described in the following chapters.

  ! Lack of fluorescence is not conclusive proof of the absence of hydrocarbons.

  ! Real hydrocarbon shows will usually give cut fluorescence. Light hydrocarbons (i.e. condensate)

often give fluorescence, may or may not give a residual cut but are likely to give negative resultswith other detection methods.

6.2.3.1. Gas Chart Interpretation and Gas Shows

Many aspects of gas show recognition depend on the lag time. This can give a good indication from where

the gas is coming, in particular if there is some doubt, that it is really formation gas. Well kept and

annotated charts are a great help in such situations.

Definitions:

  !  Zero Gas: The detector reading when circulating in a clean, balanced hole section, pipe rotating

 but not on bottom, no vertical movement. This reading should be above the zero of the chart

 because there is always minor volumes of gas in almost any formation; there should be a difference

on the chart between zero gas and no gas at all (e.g. when circulation stops). Check the equipment

if absolutely no gas is recorded.

  !  Background Gas: When drilling in a consistent lithology, it is common that a consistent gas value

is recorded. This gas level may fluctuate considerably, but it is always above zero gas.

  ! Gas Show:  Any deviation in amount or composition above established background. All gas

reporting refers to values above background. The background gas (and its fluctuation) is reported

and marked on the log.

  ! Trip Gas: If a trip is made, circulation stops, of course. During this time gas can migrate from the

formation into the static mud. When circulation resumes, a gas peak is observed. This gas peak 

arrives at calculated lag time or earlier. Trip gas does not constitute a gas show, but should be

reported if it clearly exceeds background.

  ! Connection Gas: Originates like trip gas from situations when circulation has stopped for a few

minutes to add a new single of drill pipe. Connection gas is seen as constant peaks every 10 to 20

minutes (depending how long it takes to drill one single pipe length). Clear indications of 

connection gas on the chart are typically a sign of increasing formation pressure. Inform the

company man !

  !  Recycled Gas: Not all of the gas in the mud will be removed by the surface equipment, some will

 be re-circulated back into the hole. Due to the dilution in the mud tanks and turbulence in the hole,

Page 55: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 55/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 55 Samples

any patch of mud containing gas will be diluted. The subsequent peak seen on the surface gas

detectors will be more diffuse. On the long term, background gas will show an apparent increase.

This situation must not be allowed. Constant and high gas levels are masking any further shows.

Also, the risk of fire near the mud pits increases. Drilling people have the option to run a mud

degasser or circulate and increase the mud weight until the situation is cured. Inform the company

man !

  ! Do not use the term gas kick  for increased gas levels. A kick is - by definition - an uncontrolled

influx into the well bore.

So what is a gas show ? No clear answer ! Any gas that comes from the formation in quantities above the

 background level may be as gas show. It may be indicative of a gas reservoir if the level introducing gas

as into the formation is porous. The difference between a gas reservoir and an oil reservoir can be seen only

in the composition of the chromatograph gas while drilling. Gas bearing zones are richer in lower alkanes

(C1, C2, methane, ethane). However, only wireline logging, in particular the response of the neutron tool

can give a conclusive answer.

6.2.3.2. Oil Show Detection

6.2.3.2.1. Odor

Odor is often described as one of the indications for live oil encountered. It is the author's experience that

odor is just another observation, by far not precise enough to derive any conclusion from it. The presence

of an oil odor or its absence does not have any impact on the general oil show evaluation.

Other authors go as far as instructing the company geologist to report "oil odor or condensate odor" and

to check the shale shakers and the possum belly area (probably sniffing around there?) every 15 minutes.

  ! The only use of an oil odor (-test) is the application on a freshly broken rock surface in the absence

of any, paint, fuel, fume smell. This situation may be reached in an outcrop but rarely on a core

surface on a drilling rig.

6.2.3.2.2. Stain and Bleeding

The amount by which cuttings and cores will be flushed on their way to the surface is largely a function

of their permeability. In very permeable rocks only very small amounts of oil are retained in the cuttings.

Often bleeding oil and gas (noticed as bubbles) may be observed in cores and drill cuttings from relatively

tight formations.

The amount of oil staining on cuttings samples and cores is primarily a function of the distribution of the

 porosity and the oil distribution within the pores. The color of the stain is related to oil gravity:

  ! Heavy oil stains tend to be dark brown while light oil stains tend to be paler. Report the color and

distribution of the stain (is it uniform, patchy, spotty, along joints or veins, etc.)

6.2.3.2.3. Acid Test

The acid test works only in carbonate reservoir lithologies. Carbon dioxide, CO2 is formed by the additionof HCl to any carbonate material. The surface tension of any oil present will cause lasting iridescent

 bubbles to form which are large enough to lift the cutting in the acid. If there is no oil present, the bubbles

cannot become large enough to float the fragment.

Page 56: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 56/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 56 Samples

  !  Note that this test is overly sensitive to the slightest trace of oil. Even carbonaceous and calcareous

shales and even more oil contaminants in the mud may cause a positive test. Use the results of the

acid test only in conjunction with a valid fluorescence test.

6.2.3.2.4. Hot Water Test

The hot water test is a very simple but efficient method to check for oil in cuttings samples. Take about

a big spoonful of cuttings from the shakers and put the unwashed sample into a any suitable container. The

 pour boiling hot water over the sample and agitate before putting the container under UV light. If oil is

 present in the mud or cuttings, it will come to the surface like "fat in the soup" and can be easily detected

 by its fluorescence.

6.2.3.2.5. Fluorescence

Fluorescence is the light emission of material exposed to light of a shorter wave length, higher energy.Hydrocarbon benzol rings fluoresce when hit by ultraviolet light. This effect is used in hydrocarbon

detection. Organic compounds without benzol ring compounds will not fluoresce.

Examination of mud, drill cuttings and cores for hydrocarbon fluorescence under ultraviolet light can

indicate oil in small amounts, or colorless oils which might not be detected by any other means except

chromatography. On the wellsite, all samples should be checked for fluorescence.

  ! Colors of fluorescence range from brown to green, gold orange blue, yellow or white. Typically

lighter oils have lighter fluorescence. The distribution of the fluorescence may be eve, spotted,

 patchy or dotty. The intensity may range from bright over dull and pale to faint.

  ! Beware of mineral fluorescence. Calcite, for example, has a light white-blue fluorescence whereas

hydrocarbon fluorescence shades more to warmer colors.

There are a few crude oils that do not fluoresce under ultraviolet light. They are usually of heavy gravity

and are biodegraded. The biodegradation forms a double bonded molecule that for some reason does not

fluoresce. However, on the addition of a solvent the bond is broken and an instant bright cut fluorescence

is obtained.

  ! Biodegraded oil are usually first noticed as an ordinary oil stain without fluorescence. A solvent

cut test (see chapter below) should be made of any suspected oil stain regardless if it fluoresces

or not.

6.2.3.2.6. Cut and Solvent Tests

Cut is property of a cuttings to produce an extract soluble in an organic solvent. The most common solvent

are Trichlorethene, Petroleum Ether and Acetone. Carbon Tetrachloride is poisonous and carcinogenic and

should therefore not be used.

  ! Check solvent routinely for fluorescence (blind test) under UV light. Of course, it should not

fluoresce.

To test cuttings or core chips, a few grains or - if possible - a single cutting, that was fluorescing and picked in the UV box and put into a porcelain spot tray. A few drop of solvent are added and

the result is observed under UV light. If the material contains hydrocarbons, they will dissolve and give a

fluorescence of the solvent.

Page 57: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 57/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 57 Samples

  ! The result of the cut test is also observed in ordinary white light. The white-light-cut color varies

from colorless over pale straw, dark straw, light amber to very dark brown or opaque. Colors are

dhfficult to describe in a text, fluorescence in particular. If you have never seen oil fluorescence

 before, try to imagine the cuttings in the UV box are charcoal pieces on a barbecue and some of 

the coals glow from fire. Then, whenever you get hold of a UV box, try it out using any diesel,

industrial oil, or if possible cuttings from an oil well to get an idea. Do not hesitate to put thesedescriptive terms on your report.

  ! The relative darkness of the cut described in white light should not be taken as an indication of the

amount of hydrocarbons in the cuttings.

  ! A faint residual cut (the residual ring ) is sometimes seen in the spot tray as an amber ring

remaining after complete evaporation of the solvent.

  ! Failure of fluorescence should not be taken as decisive evidence of lack of hydrocarbons. All

samples suspected of containing hydrocarbons should be treated with a solvent.

The color of the cut in plain white light and under ultraviolet light is an indication for the gravity

of the crude. As a rule of thumb, the lighter the color, the light the crude. The cut

fluorescence shades to bluish-white or milky white color when light oils are tested. Heavier crudes will

show a more yellowish or greenish tint.

The most reliable test for hydrocarbons is the cut fluorescence or wet cut  test. In this test the effect of the

solvent on the sample is observed under ultraviolet light. The sample should be thoroughly dried before

applying the solvent - although this may not always be possible in practice, in particular when time is

 pressing. If hydrocarbons are present, fluorescent streamers or clouds will emanate from the cuttings

sample. If a sample fluoresces but does not give a cut, try to crush the cutting in the solvent and observe

any cut fluorescence. This situation is called crush cut .

Some shows will not give noticeable streaming effect but will leave a fluorescent ring or residue in the dish

after the solvent has evaporated. This is termed residual cut .

Heavy oils may not fluoresce but will cut a very dark brown and their cut fluorescence may range from

milky white to dark orange. An alternate method involves picking out a number of fragments and dropping

them into a clear 10 cm3 flask or bottle. Solvent is poured until the bottle is about half full. It is then

stoppered and shaken, oil present in the sample is extracted and colors the solvent. If the color of the

solvent is very light, hold the bottle against a white background. If there is only a slight cut, it may come

to rest as a colored meniscus on the solvent.

6.2.3.2.7. Acetone - Water Test

If the presence of oil or condensate is suspected, and provided no carbonaceous matter is present in the rock 

sample, the acetone-water test may be used. Proceed as follows: Crush the rock and place it in a test tube

with acetone. After shaking it vigorously the liquid phase is decanted or better filtered into another clean

test tube. Add an excess of water and shake again. When hydrocarbons are present, they form a milky

white dispersion, being insoluble in water, whereas acetone and water are miscible.

Page 58: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 58/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 58 Coring

6.3. Coring

6.3.1. Selecting Coring Points

Coring points (or conditions where coring is indicated) are defined in the well proposal and/or drilling

 program or directed during drilling from the company office. When you are at the wellsite and ready to core(as per program), call your supervisor to confirm, unless you have discussed this very core point just

recently with him.

There are two procedures to actually pick  a coring point. If you are in a well known area, in particular in

limestone sections, try to establish a correlation between the ROP plot of your well and logs of the relevant

neighboring wells. Try to correlate the ROP to the GR, SP, sonic or any other log parameter. Whatever 

makes a reliable correlation is valid. You may need a few hundred feet (100 meter or more) to build

confidence in the correlation. When you are confident about your correlation, you can pick the required

casing points (e.g. top of reservoir) as close as one foot, in an ideal case. This procedure works particularly

good in carbonate provinces.

If you are sitting on a wildcat well in a fairly new area, especially in a clastic sedimentary environment,

correlation by plain ROP plots is the exception and the pick will be more statistical. Good cooperation and

communication with the driller on the brake is important. He "feels" a soft formation, a drilling break 

 before you can see it on any monitor or strip chart. He will stop drilling (if he is instructed and authorized

 properly) and ask, if you want to core, circulate for sample or drill ahead. Unless you are very confident

about you correlation, circulate bottoms-up and see how the lithology looks and if you have any show, if 

the gas increases or changes in composition. In sands, unless they are well consolidated, you typically do

not  see much stain or fluorescence because the oil may be washed out of the formation into the mud. In

this case, use the gas chromatograph only to make a decision.

This bottoms-up-and-see approach is expensive, when you consider circulation times of one hour or more

and relate it to rig time, rig cost respectively. The drilling people may be concerned about their daily

 progress (see also page 103, economics) -but as a wellsite geologist, you have to defend your position, that

is getting the best information from the well and not to miss a core point and not to consider drilling time.

Anyway, you will catch more problems if you miss the coring point than if you do, requesting two or three

additional bottoms-up circulations.

If you have MWD (measurement while drilling, see page 100) or real time logging available, the

correlation and formation identification is facilitated. However, the MWD sensors are several feet above

the drilling bit and if you are going to core thin objectives, the drill bit may have passed the coring point

 by the time the sensors have "seen" the formation change. So, if you go for thin objectives, you have to rely

on the conventional methods like ROP correlation and "feeling".

Do not worry if your core was far off with respect to the logs run afterwards or if you missed the coring

objective by a few feet. Everybody is smarter afterwards. What matters is that you have used the best

approach and judgement at a given time.

6.3.2. While the Core is being Cut

While coring, plot the progress of coring (ROP) for every foot (or half meter) in scale 1:50 on transparent

 paper (or delegate this to the mudloggers). A piece of blank film, as it is used for wireline logs is practical

if you are not equipped with the proper forms. This form can be completed later with lithological

descriptions as a graphical core log. The ROP plot gives you the first clue of the lithologies cored. Plot pump output, weight on bit and RPM with the drill rate, if this information is available from the read-outs

in the mudlogging unit.

Page 59: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 59/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 59 Coring

  18 Similar methods use a rubber sleeve or aluminum inner core barrel instead of

Figure 20: Core as boxed and marked for despatch to the lab.

Modern mudlogging systems, on-line computer based data gathering systems allow to produce a core

"mudlog" with the same routines as they are used for regular operations. All it takes is to change the

relevant parameters of the surveillance system before coring. Once the core is being cut, the new parameter 

set (e.g. different sample increment, different depth scale, etc.,) is being used.

  ! Mudlogging continues during coring. Gas is recorded and samples are taken. The sample intervalmay be increased to 1 foot (or about ½ meter) during coring.

  ! Plot ROP, gas, torque and pump pressure (standpipe pressure) on a 1:50 scale; or any other 

adequate scale preferred by your company.

! Prior to running into the hole with a core barrel, get theexact  hole depth. Check with the company

man if the drillstring has been steel line measured on the trip out (report abbreviation: SLMO)

 before coring. Cores are often seen a few feet off depth relative to wireline logs. It is therefore

important to know, how exact the drilling depth was measured.

6.3.3. Core Retrieval

Preparationsare to be made before the core comes to surface. Some of the tasks can be delegated

to the mudlogger on location, other tasks require your attention in person. The

mainstream of the description below refers to conventional  coring. The state-of-the-art coring technique

is fiberglass18 sleeve coring. With this method, the inner core barrel is made of fiberglass. The entire inner 

 barrel (sleeve) is recovered and cut in 3 foot (or 1 meter) portions for shipment. The advantage is that the

core remains intact and undisturbed, a vital characteristic when coring unconsolidated formations.

! Prepare core boxes in excess of the core length cut. Label well name, core number, company name

and shipping address on the core box. Number core boxes as "1 of ...", but do not write depths on

it yet. Label the boxes with "T" for top and "B" for bottom.

  ! Check for the availability of marker pens, packing material, sample bags (for rubble), cling wrap

and aluminum foil.

  ! If fiberglass sleeve coring is used, check the availability of end-cups, lids to fit onto the ends of the

core barrel.

  ! Have a steel line measure and your tally book ready.

  ! In particular if you work with a new

mudlogging crew, have a short briefingwith the mudloggers to make sure that

they are ready in time and know what

their task will be.

When the core comes to surface and is retrieved

from the core barrel (you can skip the first four 

 points if fiberglass sleeve coring procedures are

used) :

  ! Take the core and place it with correct orientation in the core box. The first piece goes into box

1, bottom, then proceed towards top and use the next boxes.

Page 60: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 60/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 60 Coring

Figure 21:

Fluidisation of 

unconsolidated

formation.

Figure 22 : Core

deformation by mud

invasion into the core

 barrel.

  ! Check if there is core material left in the core bit or the core catcher. You may allow for some

space in the first box to accommodate this material.

!  Do not break the core to make it fit into the boxes. Do not allow anybody to take any piece of core

from the boxes for inspection or any other purpose.

  ! When all of the core has been retrieved, carry the boxes from the floor to a

quiet working area, ideally near the mudlogging unit. Line the boxes up in

sequence.

  ! Fit the core together as close or as good as possible. Again, do not break 

the core to make it fit into the boxes. Then mark the core with a continuous

red and black line from top to bottom. The black line is always to your 

right, the red line always to your left. The arrows point upward. Do not be

confused, as other operators may use different marking on the core.

 !

 Do not wash the core. You may wipe it clean or just let the mud dry up before you mark the core and write on it.

  ! Then measure the core. Start at the bottom of the core, i.e. at the bottom of 

 box 1. Mark every full foot on the core and on the box. Mark the cored

depth the inside of every box.

  ! If fiberglass sleeve coring is used, the whole fiberglass core barrel is laid

out on the catwalk using a rig crane. Then a roughneck will cut the barrel

and the core under your direction into 3 foot (or 1 meter in round metric

units) pieces. A diamond saw blade is used. Mark the barrel with red and black stripes and arrows

 before the core is cut into pieces.

  ! When a fiberglass core is cut into three foot or one meter sections, cut only

the fiberglass sleeve and break  the core. This allows the core to be fitted

together again in the lab.

  ! It is also a good idea to apply marks on a side of the core which make it

 possible to align the core with the fiberglass sleeve.

  ! Calculate the core recovery and report to the company man and call your 

supervisor in town. This may be another decision point whether to continue

coring (i.e. to run in the hole with the core barrel or to resume drilling with

a conventional rock bit.

  ! If the core length recovered is less than the core distance cut, then the

interval which is not represented in the core sample is assigned to the

 bottom of the core, because parts of the core can be lost while disengaging

after cutting or while tripping out. It is unlikely to loose part of the core

while coring without jamming the core barrel. However, soft formations

may wash out and may not be represented in the firm core retrieved

  !  Now go to the lithological description of the core. Take a chip at every full

foot and put it into a sample bag. Take additional chips at points of interest, such as change in

lithology. The selection of rock chips and their description should give a good idea what lithologieshave been recovered.

Page 61: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 61/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 61 Coring

Figure 23: Proper 

labelling and marking of core

and core box. Black line right,

red line left, arrows up.

  ! If a fiberglass sleeve is used, you can take chips only from the end of every cut piece, i.e. only

every 3 feet. Put the chips into sample bags, label properly.

  ! Make a lithological description of the core chips, using the appropriate forms of the operating

company (page 51, for sample description). The format of the lithological description is identical

with the one used to describe drill cuttings.

  ! Concurrently, the core may be sealed in wax and packed for shipment now. This is mainly the job

of the mudloggers on site. Pack all porous lithologies first in cling wrap, then

in aluminum foil. Mark the wrapped core again with red and black line and

arrows. Seal the core material with wax. As the wax may cover your previous

markings, put stickers or packaging tape on the packed and waxed core,

stating up and down (red and black lines) and depth.

  ! Sealing of the fiberglass sleeve is much easier. Put the lids on every

end of the barrel, fasten with adhesive tape if necessary and dip the

ends into the wax bath. Another option of sealing is epoxy (such asBakerlock®).

  ! Complete labelling of the boxes, note down the content (depth

interval) of every single box and make up a shipping document.

  ! The core chips that you have used for description will be packed up

separately and shipped together with drill cutting samples and should

not be shipped together with the core.

  ! Send your description of the core to the town office. (Fax the core log

1:50 with it, if possible.) This report may be required as soon as

 possible - or latest with the next routine (morning-) report.

6.3.4. Core Shipment

Make sure the core is packed properly. This means it should not roll around

in the boxes (use padding material). If the core is transported by truck or 

supply boat, it is a good idea to strap the core boxes on a palette. This makes

handling by crane or fork lift more practical. The outside labelling  of the core

 boxes should only show :

  ! Shipping address (company office, warehouse, or core analysis contractor)  ! Well name

  ! Core number 

  ! Box .. of ..

Page 62: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 62/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 62 Coring

  19 This may be the company man on board, the company's materials man or the radio operator.

Do not writethe cored interval on the outside of the boxes. This practice is mainly for the sake

of confidentiality. People outside the company (this includes freight agents, service

company personnel etc.) do not need to know at which depth your company found something interesting

which they considered worth coring.

  ! Make up shipping documents (at least in duplicate) and report to the man in charge19 that the core

is ready for transport. Fax (or e-mail, telex) a copy of the shipping documents to your supervisor 

in town and advise him of the means of transport that will be used.

  ! If you have time, print the address labels on a good printer and run make a number of photocopies.

Then stick or glue the labels on each core container or box.

Page 63: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 63/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 63 Pressure

  20Some mudlogging contractors use the word ADT engineer, meaning Advanced Drilling Techniques engineer .

  21Meaning something in this range. The actual values depend a lot on the regional setting and on other drilling parameters.

6.4. Pressure Engineering

 Pressure engineering , the science of predicting and interpreting pore pressures is often part of the

mudlogging contract and, to a certain extent, subject to the wellsite geologist's supervision. The pressure

engineer 20  in the mudlogging unit usually reports to the geologist and   the company man, because his

findings have direct bearing on both the drilling and the geological interpretation. Again, cooperation isappreciated.

If no pressure engineer is on location, as it may be the case on many development wells, the geologist takes

care of reporting indications of abnormal pore pressures to the company man.

During drillinglittle is known about the actual formation pore pressure. Unless a RFT or DST,

yielding directly measured formation pressures, has been conducted, all

information about formation pore pressure is inferred from empirical formulas. Drill exponent calculations

(Dxc) with all their various corrections and compensations are employed to get some information on the pore

 pressures. Even on development wells, that is to say in areas where much of the geology is no more secret,

even there pressure conditions may vary in an unforeseen way. The general pressure alert with its pit drills,regular checks, etc. is an ingredient indispensable for any drilling operation.

The general philosophy for drilling is to adjust the mud weight in such a way, that it compensates for the

formation pore pressure, allowing a safety margin for p pressures when tripping out. If the mud weight is

too high, the drilling progress is slowed down, or, in other words, the cost per foot drilled increases.

The ROP depends as well on the differential pressure across the bore hole bottom. If the mud weight is too

high relative to the pore pressure, the cuttings are held to the formation, the cleaning  efficiency of the mud

stream and is reduced, hence the drilling progress slowed down. Furthermore, if the mud weight is too high,

the well is prone to lose fluids to the formation, thus inducing differential sticking of the drillstring and

damage potential reservoirs. In contrast, if the mud weight is too low, the well is prone to kick, an unsafe

drilling practice.

It is outside the responsibility of the wellsite geologist  to find the correct mud weight. In fact the geologist

and the drilling people (personified by the company man) may have a substantial difference in

understanding as to what the correct mud weight should be.

From the perspective of the mudlogging shack, proper mud weight is deduced from the following

observations:

  ! Reasonable drilling progress (considering all  the factors contributing to ROP such as formation

drillability, weight on bit, bit wear, etc.)

  ! Distinct trip gas (see page 54) and connection gas peaks over gas background. If you can see the

trip gas and connection gas on the strip charts the mud weight appears to be correct. If the

connection gas is higher than 50% of the background21, the mud weight may be on the low side.

 

!  Normal shaped cuttings with minimum (shale-) cavings. In particular if the shale cavings increase

in number and size, you may be approaching a zone of overpressure or abnormal pressure. Report 

to the company man !

It can be seen from the points above, how subjective and biased pressure interpretation can be.

Page 64: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 64/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 64 Pressure

The term abnormal pressures  is used to describe any situation of a pressure gradient deviating from

hydrostatic pressure. However, it usually means overpressure, i.e., a pressure regime exceeding hydrostatic

 pressures. Abnormal pressures may occur in young sediments, zones of rapid sedimentation, young uplift

and fast or deep burial. The advent of an overpressured zone will result in a change in a number of 

 physical properties of the formation, which are reflected in the change of a number of parameters. The

following observations might indicate a high pressure zone, however, almost all of them can have other reasons.

Indicatorsof increasing pore pressure while drilling :

  ! Gain in pit volume ("kick").

  ! Increase in ROP ("drilling break").

  ! Increased torque while drilling.

  ! Drag on trips and connections.

  ! Bottom fill after trips (or wiper trips).

From drilling returns :

  ! Increased background gas, connection gas (mud gas may show an increase in carbon dioxide).

  ! In some areas is has proven empirically true that an inversion of mud chromatograph gas, that is

C3 > C2 or C2 > C1 indicates the approach to an overpressured zone. In those areas where this

relationship has been established, this indicator is fairly reliable.

  ! Changes (increase) in flowline temperature. Only applicable, if the drilling is steady and the

temperatures stabilized, otherwise external effects will cover the subtle changes of flowline

temperature.

  ! Change of shape of cuttings, typical pressure cavings.  (Figure 23f.) The shape of pressure

cavings may not be mistaken for swelling or sloughing claystones. This is the most sensitive and

still only a qualitative indication. Under overpressure conditions the shales (claystones) have a

typical elongated shape. Pressure cavings have similar shape and increase in size.

  ! Try to establish if the caving lithology comes from the bottom of the hole (new formation) or if a

formation drilled higher up caves in.

If you see shale slivers coming over the shaker screens, that are bigger than the teeth of the drilling

 bit, the absolute alarm situation has been reached. Inform the company man a.s.a.p.

Indicators calculated or analyzed at the wellsite:

  ! Shale density decreases or deviates from the trend line.

  ! Water loss of shale cuttings increases.

  ! Significant increase in potassium content (mud, mud filtrate and shale water).

  ! Shale water (filtrate) may have amber color.

  ! Sharp change in cation exchange capacity ("shale factor" measured by titration with methylene

 blue).

  ! Decreasing D-exponent.

A number of empirical techniques have been developed to calculate pore pressures from wireline logs. The

 principle of most techniques is to establish a trend line of a parameter (logarithmic plot of resistivity, sonic

travel time, density, neutron porosity, etc.) versus depth. Deviations from the trend line are interpreted to

 be indicative of abnormal pressures. These empirical relations work good in the areas where they were

developed. Outside their classical application areas they are less correct, though not necessarily wrong.

A lot has been published about overpressure detection from wireline logs and empirical formulae have beendeveloped to estimate pore pressures from logs. In any case the drilling bit must have reached  the zone of 

abnormal pressure and it must have been logged. Overpressure situations need fast answers because the

drilling problems may already start after a few feet of cap rock drilled. Back to square one. The situation

Page 65: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 65/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 65 Pressure

Figure 24: Schematic Diagram of a leak-offpressure plot.

is, however, vastly different if you have MWD tools or real-time logging (see page 100). Therefore, watch

all drilling parameters closely (in particular the mud pit level and the background gas) and try to come up

with a sensible interpretation.

Another aspect of abnormal formation pressures are sub-normal pressures. Such situations are common

when a well is drlled through a formation that has been produced as a reservoir. initial reservoir pressureis reduced as oil, gas or water has been removed from the reservoir. This may lead to particularly

 problematical situations:

  ! When drilling in producing oil fields where produced and unproduced reservoir horizons are close

together. In this situation, a relatively high mud weight may be required to hold the fluids of the

unproduced reservoir back in the formation while a relatively low mud weight may be required in

order not to loose mud into the produced, sub-normally pressured formation.

Ideally, these situations are taken into account when designing a well. The well program will then

try to case-off one formation before drilling into the next formation that may have a different

 pressure regime.

  ! When drilling in old, abandoned oil fields with an unknown or poorly documented production

history. In such situations, maximum care is needed because formation pressures may change in

an unpredictable way at any time.

6.4.1. Leak-Off or Formation Integrity Test

The leak-off test (LOT), also known as Formation Integrity

Test (FIT) is a pressure test to determine how much pressure a

given formation can take before fractures are induced by the

hydraulic pressure. This is necessary to know for kick-kill

calculations, the leak-off pressure is the maximum pressure that

can be closed-in the casing without risking an underground

 blow out.

To conduct a test, the well is closed in on the BOP and mud is

 pumped with the pumps of the cementing unit into the wellbore.

The pumps of the cementing unit have a better control on

 pumping small volumes of fluid under higher pressure when compared to the rig's mud pumps. Also, the

 pressure monitoring equipment (charts, gauges, etc.) on the cementing unit are better suited for this

 purpose. Volume pumped is plotted against pressure. At the beginning this relationship plots as a straight

line. Later, after more volume has been pumped, the pressure increases less per volume unit until it drops

to a certain level where it remains constant. This is the fracture pressure. The formation integrity pressureis read at the point where the graph departs the first time from the linear relationship.

Page 66: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 66/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 66 Pressure

The leak-off  pressure can be expressed as pressure measured at the wellhead or in equivalent mud

weight (ppg or g/cm3), the maximum mud weight that can be supported by the tested

formation without fracturing. The fracture pressure is defined as

where Pfrac fracture pressure [psi]

S overbuden pressure [psi]

P p  pore pressure [psi]

: Poissons Ratio

In simple words, the leak-off pressure or its mud weight equivalent is the maximum pressure the formation

can take. Mud weight cannot be increased above this point. If a kick is taken, the maximum pressure that

can be closed in at the well head is equivalent to the leak-off pressure. Any higher pressure will fracturethe formation.

The leak-off pressure is also the maximum pressure that can be contained in the wellbore when the well

kicks and the BOP has to be closed. If the surface shut-in pressre exceed this mark, fluids must  be

diverted, blown overborad or into the countryside in a more or less controlled fashion.

6.4.2. Pressure Worksheet

Make up your own pressure worksheet. Plot formation pressure gradients, mud weight (its gradients) and

all available data points from RFT, DST, kicks incurred (if any), leak-off tests, etc. against depth (true

vertical depth !), on a sheet of graph paper. Vertical depth, horizontal pressure gradient in psi/ft (imperial)

or g/cm3 (metric), mud weight in ppg (or metric equivalents). Note and plot zones that are forecasted to be

abnormally pressured. This diagram gives you a good indication if pressures are changing, how high the

safety margin from the mud hydrostatic head must be and how pressure regimes change with formation

changes. This type of worksheet is usually not part of your routine report , however, your interpretation

of the situation may be asked sometime. Anyway, be prepared.

Page 67: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 67/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 67 Biostratigraphy

6.5. Wellsite Biostratigraphy

A wellsite biostratigraphic service is rather the exception than the rule on most drilling operatons. The

decision for or against wellsite biostratigraphy as opposed to biostratigraphy in town on a hot shot (see

 page 45) basis is governed by the cost relationship for mobilization and day rates for the wellsite

 biostratigraphical services in comparison to the transport cost by an unscheduled helicopter flight (or similar) and also on the foreseeable need to base any decision making on the upshot of biostratigraphy.

On logistically remote exploratory wells a wellsite biostratigrapher may be on location to give a preliminary

micropaleontological interpretation.

It is the responsibility of the wellsite geologist to supervise and instruct the micropaleontologist on location.

He also has to interpret, integrate and report  the findings of the stratigrapher. If no such “bug-man” is on

location, the following section may serve as an introduction to the ideas and problems of stratigraphic

analysis of drill cuttings samples.

6.5.1. Foraminifera

The study of planktonic and benthonic foraminifera is a pre-requisite for the determination of age and

 paleoenvironments in sediments of marginal to deep marine origin. Planktonic foraminifera are particularly

useful chronostratigraphic indicators in open marine environments because of their wide geographic

distribution, abundance and often restricted stratigraphic age.

Larger benthonic foraminifera enable age determination of material from shallow marine environments.

When examined in thin section, these are especially useful in the analysis of thick limestone sequences.

  ! The study of foraminifera requires sufficient sample material. A full bag of unwashed material

(wet sample) is ideal.

6.5.2. Nannofossils

 Nannofossils are fossilized remains of nannoplankton (marine algae) and constitute a varied group which

includes

  ! Coccoliths

  !  Nannoconids

  ! Discoasters

 Nannofossils are an extremely useful group because they are morphologically diverse and key species can

 be identified easily. Their planktonic lifestyle results in a widespread geographic distribution. However,

due to their nature, their study is applicable only in marine sequences. In some cases, good results were

achieved in deltaic sequences.

  ! Biostratigraphy based on nannofossils requires a scanning electron microscope (SEM). The

application of this device precludes any wellsite work on nannofossils.

  !  Nannofossil work requires less than 20 gram of sample material. The use of washed and dried

samples is possible.

Page 68: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 68/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 68 Biostratigraphy

6.5.3. Palynology

Palynology, the study of acid insoluble microfossils, has grown from a scientific curiosity in the 1830s and

through a rudimentary time-tool in the 1960s to provide the modern explorer with precise age dating and

detailed information on depositional environments, source rock potential and organic maturity. Their small

size and resistant chemistry allows vast numbers of palynomorphs to be recovered from small rock samples. Their rapid evolution, and occurrence in continental and marine sediments of Precambrian to

Recent age, further enhance their value as biostratigraphic markers. Rapid turn-around aids cost effective

drilling. Problems confronting the palynologist include reworking and caving (including mud penetration),

 barren reservoir sections, palynofacies, inconsistent data sets, and the current incomplete state of 

knowledge.

The organic residue recovered includes both recognizable microfossils (palynomorphs) and the remaining

organic debris. Apart from megaspores which are spores >200µ, most palynomorphs fall within the size

range 15...150µ.

Palynomorphs comprise:

! Megaspores, large asexual reproductive organs from fern-type plants.

! Miospores

" Microspores, asexual reproductive organs from fern-type plants.

" Angiosperm pollen grains, male sex organs from flowering plants.

" Gymnosperm pollen, male sex organs from cone-bearing plants.

! Microplankton

" Dinoflagellate cysts, resting spores of mobile unicellular green algae.

" Acritarchs. Incertae sedis, probably sexual and asexual reproductive structures mostly

of plants.

" Algal cysts and bodies, reproductive organs and pieces of algae.

" Fungi, mostly asexual reproductive spores or young germlings.

" Scolecodonts, minute jaws of animals.

" Chitinozoans, minute structures of probable plant origin, known from the Paleozoic.

" Foraminiferal linings. Organic linings of dissolved foraminifera.

The common characteristic is their chemical composition which is insoluble in acid. this also makes the

various wall material difficult to study chemically, and they are loosely grouped under the term

sporopollenin. Chemical variations do exist and are indicated to the palynologist by various palynomorph

types responding differently to stains, and to maturation.

The small size of these resistant, variable, and plentiful fossils means they are widespread in many types

of sediment, often in vast numbers, reducing statistical problems and enhancing species definition. Fivegrams of average shale will yield 500...10,000 individual fossils, and it is an adequate weight of sediment

to produce sufficient strew-mount slides to study the assemblage. Organic shales may require only 2 grams,

while organically lean limestones or sands may require 200 to 500 grams. Because of the small size

 palynomorphs normally "survive" drilling and can be recovered from the standard cuttings samples.

Palynomorphs are usually destroyed by the high temperatures associated with turbo-drilling. Their 

abundance in cuttings often aids the recognition of missing zones in a condensed or incomplete sequence

located between sidewall cores or conventional cores.

6.5.3.1. Fine Time Resolution

Dinoflagellatesare very common and evolved rapidly through Middle Jurassic and younger times.

Precise zonal resolution is thus possible in marine sections, often to the order of 

one million years. this rivals schemes based on ammonites and forams, although much more widely

Page 69: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 69/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 69 Biostratigraphy

applicable. Study of several groups (especially nannofossils, foraminifera and dinoflagellates in the marine

late Mesozoic-Tertiary) can provide zonal overlap, and extremely high precision. resolution based on

dinoflagellates alone is improving. Spores and pollen produced by land plants do not show the same fast

rate of change as dinoflagellates. Thus, time units based on spore-pollen assemblages tend to be in the order 

5...10 million years, with boundaries between them imprecise.

6.5.3.2. Environmental and Age Range

Because palynomorphs occur in both non-marine and marine sediments, useful age data can be obtained

from a wide range of environments. Palynology is not restricted to marine sections, it is the only microfossil

group available in continental section.

Land plants have been common and diverse since the Devonian and consequently palynology can be used

in most of the subsequent sedimentary record. However, acritarchs can be common in the early Paleozoic

and algal remains extend back into the Precambrian.

6.5.3.3. Some Typical Problems when working with Wellsite Palynology

 Reworking : The small size, large numbers and resistant nature of palynomorphs results in frequent and

sometimes massive reworking. The problem is worst where sequences are rapidly deposited (particularly

in turbidite sequences) and above major unconformities. In the worst case, a rich reworked assemblage will

mask a lean in-situ assemblage and cause an erroneous, older age assignment. The likelihood of confusion

is highest in cuttings, or where the palynologist is pressed for time.

Caving : If there is caving in a hole, a richly fossiliferous horizon can easily mask the age of deeper, less

 productive sediments, particularly in ditch cuttings studies. The caliper log run later will often indicate the

source of the younger assemblage. the caving, particularly within a sandy interval, can penetrate into a

sidewall core sample due to the pressure involved in the shooting, making careful cleaning of sidewall cores

essential before palynological processing commences. With conventional cores, the problem is usually

restricted to the top and the bottom of the core and coarse grained clastic lithologies over intervals where

the core may be discontinuous, lost. Often during the trip to position the core barrel, a lump of material can

 be dislodged from the side of the uncased hole section and taken with it.

 Mud contamination: A related problem to cavings is produced by mud contamination. Contaminants can

 be included from the drilling mud ingredients, various additives during drilling, or even from a previous

well in the case of drilling vessels if the mud tanks are not cleaned between wells. This problem is even

more specific to wells drilled with oil based mud, which is typically re-used if the situation permits. It is

generally wise to keep mud samples for palynology in case initial results are problematic. It producessimilar problems to cavings with sidewall cores. Accordingly, wireline conveyed coring is particularly

 prone to mud contamination.

  ! Be careful when asphaltic mud additives have been used or any other item from the mud engineer's

list of spices may introduce alien palyno-species.

6.5.3.4. Equipment and Sample Preparation

Lab equipment for micropaleontological / palynological rig work is usually supplied by the respective

service company or contractor. The wellsite geologist should check that it is complete and operational.Micropaleontological (foraminifera, etc.) sample preparation can be done in the mudlogging unit because

only simple equipment such as ultrasonic processing, etc. are used for sample disintegration. Most of the

Page 70: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 70/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 70 Biostratigraphy

situations give claystone and shale lithologies as the sample material for the micropaleontological analysis.

A good conventional binocular microscope (incident light) is sufficient.

Palynology requires a special lab technician to handle the hazardous fluids (hydrofluoric acid) for sample

 processing. A special mobile lab unit or a specially designated working area with exhaust fan is necessary

to accommodate for the needs of palynological sample processing. For the identification of the palynological taxa a microscope with up to 1200x magnification is necessary.

Page 71: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 71/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 71 Geochemistry

6.6. Wellsite Geochemistry

Wellsite geochemical methods, in particular wellsite pyrolysis ("rock eval") is available since a few years.

This method is based on the rapid, inert atmosphere pyrolysis of organic matter present in small (ca. 100

mg) rock samples. Rock-Eval pyrolysis is usually done in the town lab of the analytical contractor.

Wellsite geochemistry is used only on some exploration wells when hot-shot sampling cannot guaranteethe fast answers possibly needed or on scientific stratigraphic test holes.

For planning purposes it should be remembered that the system requires a few days of training for the

geologist or mudlogger designated to operate and maintain the device. Make sure also that there is enough

space in the mudlogging unit to install and operate the system. Mudlogging units are known to be very

cramped with space. Get the specifications from the geochem service company. For onshore operations it

may be considered to install the geochem lab in an additional trailer or shack near the mudlogging unit.

Also for planning purposes, the interfacing to computers and reporting formats should be considered.

Three basic configurations are available:

 !

Volatilization of free hydrocarbons and analysis of total hydrocarbons  ! Thermal cracking of the organic matter not transformed into petroleum (i.e. kerogen), with

selective detection of hydrocarbon compounds alone or hydrocarbon compounds plus CO2

released.

  ! Oxidation of the residual organic matter remaining after pyrolysis in order to determine the total

organic carbon content (TOC).

The applications and results of such wellsite geochemistry are as follows:

  ! Source rock characterization. Analysis of total organic carbon (TOC), petroleum potential, degree

of maturation, type of organic matter, detection and quantification of free hydrocarbons.

  ! Interpretation of oil and gas shows.

  ! Detection of contaminant matter in the mud (organic mud additivesx

  ! Aid in determining the TD of a well (see also page 104), if certain maturation levels have been

reached at a given depth.

6.6.1. Pyrolysis Data

The following information can be derived from pyrolysis:

S0 Gas present in the rock (mg HC/g of rock).

S1 Oil present in the rock (mg HC/g of rock).

S2 Residual Petroleum Potential, that is hydrocarbon compounds resulting from cracking of kerogen

(mg HC/g of rock).

S3 (Not analyzed with current wellsite pyrolysis).Tmax Oven temperature of at peak (°C), a maturation indicator.

Tmax #  430...435 °C

Immature zone.

Tmax #  465 °C Oil window.

Tmax > 465 °C Gas window.

S4 Quantity of CO2  produced by oxidation of the residual organic matter. This measurement is

currently available at the wellsite.

GPI Gas Production Index: GPI = S0 (S0 + S1 + S2)

OPI Oil Production Index: OPI = S1 (S0 + S1 + S2)

TPI Total Production Index: TPI = GPI + OPITOC Total Organic Carbon (in % of rock) = sum of residual organic carbon and pyrolyzed organic

carbon (calculated from S0 + S1 +S2)

Page 72: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 72/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 72 Geochemistry

6.6.2.Total Organic Carbon Content

This provides a first estimate on the quality of a potential source rock lithology, for instance: TOC < 0.5

% = source rock rated "poor"

TOC > 2.0 % = source rock rated "good" to "very good".

However, this measurement is not always sufficient to estimate the petroleum potential of a source rock (such as evolved or highly detritic source rocks).

6.6.3. Types of Organic Matter

The plot of Tmax versus HI (Hydrocarbon Index) allows a quick estimation of the types of organic matter 

and their degree of evolution. This diagram is also called van Krevelen diagram. In such a plot, the organic

matters are situated within "evolution paths" which characterize each type of kerogen.

6.6.4. Amount of Free Hydrocarbon

These quantities are given by the values of S0 and S1, which are expressed in mg HC/g of rock. Quantities

are proportional to the petroleum potential (S2) of the rocks and their degree of evolution. In the "oil

window" the S1 may be correlated with the solvent extract of the rock.

6.6.5. Migration

The production indices GPI, OPI and TPI corrdspond to the ratio nf organic matter tr`nsformed into oil and

gas during burial. The indices can thus be used to check whether the free hydrocarbons were effectively

 produced by the organic matter in the rock where they were found. During maturation, these ratios increase

steadily as a function of depth because S0 and S1 are formed to the detriment of S2. If migration phenomena

have affected these free hydrocarbons, an accumulation will be revealed by values of the oil and/or gas

 production indices which will be higher than they should be at the stage of maturation being considered.

Page 73: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 73/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 73 Drilling

7. Aspects of Drilling Practice and Technology

The wellsite geologist needs to become familiar with the basic equipment, techniques and terms ("jargon")

used in drilling. Although he has no direct responsibility for the drilling or the rig, the geologist has to be

conversant with the equipment and procedures so that he can advise on certain aspects and so that he can

understand the effects of drilling methods affecting the parameters he uses for his interpretation. It is alsoimportant for the geologist to develop good working relationship with the drilling personnel to keep a two-

way flow of information and gain the greatest benefit for the operation.

7.1. Rig Types

The different rig types can be classified as follows:

Land rigs, onshore rigs:

  !  Heli rigs are lightweight drilling with components consisting of small compnents that can betransported as sling load under a helicopter. This rig type is used for remote locations, jungle and

swamp operations. A heli rig does not necessarily require a helicopter. Often heli rigs are used

 because they can be broken down into small truck loads of about one ton a piece and transported

along small roads (remember the weak bridges in between !) to a location without having to

construct a heavy-duty road.

  ! Truck mounted rigs. Self contained units installed on a customized truck. This rig type has usually

only very limited depth capacity (reaching down some 1,000 or 1,500 meters) and is found rarely

in the mainstream of oil field operations. Truck mounted rigs may be very useful, however, for 

work-over operations such as changing out downhole pumps or tubing on producing wells.

Some rigs designed for desert operation are mounted on a wheeled substructure, self propelled or can be towed with a truck or Caterpillar. Although these rigs reach the depth performance of 

"normal" rigs but would by definition fall into this category.

  Offshore rigs:

  !  Fixed platforms: Drilling rigs supported by a permanent steel or concrete structure. This

configuration is used for field development. The rig is then used to drill the development wells and

later, during the production phase, for work-over operations.

  !  Drilling barges: Used for shallow water and swamp operations. The drilling barge is towed to

location and ballasted to rest on the bottom. Depending on the location, an access channel may

have to be dredged. Drilling barges are relatively small and require therefore additional barges to

carry casing, bulk chemicals and cement and services such as the cementing (pump-) unit, the

testing surface equipment, etc. During rig move and while towed, the derrick of a drilling barge

is laid down to increase the stability of the vessel.

Page 74: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 74/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 74 Drilling

Figure 25: A semisub drilling rig (twin hulltype).

Figure 26: View of a drill ship.

  !  Jack-up rigs are barges with tubular or lattice legs. The rig is towed onto location and with its legs

raised. These are then lowered to the sea bottom and the barge lifted well above sea level. The gap

 between the hull of the barge and the sea level is called air gap. Jack-up rigs are relatively stable

installation capable to cope with maximum water depths of 50 or 60 meters, depending on design.

To move off location the legs must be retracted again. As the legs may have penetrated several

meters of muddy sea bottom, it may be hard to retract. Therefore, the mud pumps of the rig can be connected to the end of the legs to jet them free with sea water pumped at a very high rate.

  ! Semi-submersible rigs are floating rigs supported on

 pontoons. A common design consists of four, five or six

legs. On location, up to eight anchors maintain the rig on

station, and ballast lowers the rig in the water to its

drilling draught. Semi-submersible rigs are the elephants

of the offshore rigs, capable to continue operation in bad

weather. Semi-submersible rigs move with the tide, the

drill rate, ROP, must be corrected for the influence of 

the tidal heave.

  !  Drill ships are ships specially built or modified to drill in deeper water or in operations not that

suitable for semi-submersible rigs. Drill ships are either anchor moored or fitted with dynamic

 positioning equipment that uses a system of thrusters to keep the ship on location. This feature

allows a drill ship to operate in waters depths beyond the reach of anchors. Drill ships are less

stable than semi-submersible rigs but are self propelled and capable of carrying sufficient supplies

of casing, mud chemicals, etc. for at least one deep well. This aspect makes them (almost)

independent of tug boats and supply vessels.

7.2. Rig Components

The following components are identical in function and different only in size and capacity. They are found

on any operational drilling rig.

Page 75: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 75/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 75 Drilling

Figure 27:The draw-work the other main parts of the hoisting equipment.

7.2.1. Derrick and Lifting Equipment

The basicdrilling item, and the most

obvious, is the derrick or 

mast. The derrick is used as a crane, and assuch is equipped with lifting gear capable

of holding the entire weight of the

drillstring. It is the lifting capacity of the

derrick and the hoist, which in practice

determine the depth rating of a particular 

rig.

The lifting gear consists of a hoist known

as the draw-works, where a series of pulley

wheels (sheaves) mounted in the crown of 

the derrick, and a moving block of sheaves(the travelling block) attached to the hook.

The drilling line is a heavy duty cable that

 joins all of these together, running from the

drum of the draw-works, up to the crown

sheaves and then over several loops back 

and forth between the crown and the

travelling block and ending in the dead end

anchor, the point where the other end of the

rope is clamped to the rig and not moving.

This is the sensor point for the weight on

 bit equipment (see page 27, hook load).

7.2.1.1. The Brakes - and How to Drill

The brake is the main lever at the driller's

console. The man on the brake  is by

definition the driller. The draw-works is

equipped with at least two powerful

 braking systems:

  ! A switch operated electric or hydraulic brake that is capable of controlling the enormous loads

imposed by the drill string or casing string, when running casing. This brake cannot stop themovement of the drill line entirely.

  ! A lever operated, mechanical friction brake that is capable of bringing the load to a stop but

cannot repeatedly control heavy loads on its own.

Both brakes are thus used in tandem. Actual drilling is accomplished by gently releasing the mechanical

 brake a little at a time, allowing the drill line to unwind slowly, and so lowering the drill pipe through the

rotary table in a way that a more or less constant hook load (and with it a constant weight on the bit) is

achieved.

Geological Note: While drilling, the noise of the releasing mechanical brake is heard all over therig. An experienced rig hand listening to the brake can almost feel the drilling

 progress made. The changing tune of the break is very often the first indication

of a drilling break, much before the increased rate of penetration is evident on

Page 76: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 76/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 76 Drilling

strip charts or any other recording device. So, if you are waiting for a coring

 point, this is your signal. Call the driller and ask what is going on.

Some rigs use a device called automatic driller . This is a mechanic device that releases the brake

automatically and maintains a constant weight on bit. Experienced drillers claim, however, that a good

man on the brake is superior and drilling more efficient than with the help of the automatic gadget.

7.2.1.2. Rotary Table Drive, Top Drive

The drive mechanism turning the pipe and with it the drill pipe can be one of the two: rotary table drive or 

top drive. The top drive is a relatively new concept and installed usually only on high-tech offshore rigs

although top drive mechanisms are available also for smaller land rigs. The main advantage of a top drive

are a reduction in rig time when making connections and when tripping. A further advantage is the ability

to keep on pumping mud while pulling the pipe upwards, a practice also known as back-reaming .

The rotary table drives the drill pipe around transmitting torque to the drill bit. The rotary table is mountedon the rig floor, and is powered by either a mechanical take-off from the draw-works, or by its own

electrical motor and gearbox. The rotary table is the measuring point for the RPM sensor and the torque

sensor (page 29). Both parameters are usually recorded in the mudlogging unit.

The kelly is the topmost part of the drill string. Typically the kelly is 45 feet long, hexagonal or square. The

interior of the kelly is hollow for the passage of the drilling mud. Around the kelly is the kelly bushing, or 

drive bushing, which is equipped with four (or six) rollers that engage the flats on the face of the kelly.

Four pegs in the base of the bushing engage in the rotary table. Thus, the rotary turns the bushing, which

forces the kelly to rotate, while the rollers allow the kelly to slide through the bushings as the hole gets

deeper.

7.2.1.3. Motion Compensator

On floating rigsit is necessary to allow for the heave of the vessel which is caused by wave action

or tidal motion. The motion compensator is fitted to the travelling block. The

hook is the supported through two very large hydraulic cylinders that are driven by a system sensing the

motion relative to the seabed (a delicate arrangements of wires). The action of the hydraulic cylinders

should (so the theory) keep the distance between the kelly and the seabed constant.

Geological note: During wireline logging operations the motion compensation system is sometimes

switched off without notifying the geologist. The effect on the depth control of thewireline logs is evident. Check the status of the motion compensator when logging

!

7.2.1.4. Swivel and Kelly Hose

At its top, the kelly is connected with the swivel, which allows the kelly and the drill pipe to rotate below

the (stationary) hook of the travelling block, from which the whole drill string is suspended. A flexible hose,

the kelly hose, connects the mud pumping system to the kelly and the drill string. The part of pipe leading

up the derrick and connecting to the kelly hose is called stand pipe.

Page 77: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 77/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 77 Drilling

Figure 28: Slips. Used to hold drill pipe in the rotary table.

Figure 29: Tools used to make connections. After the tool

 joint has been "broken" with the tongs, the pipe may be

unscrewed by further by turning the rotary or by using a

spinning wrench.

7.2.2. Drill String

The drill string is the entire arrangement of drill pipe, heavy weight drill pipe, stabilizers, downhole motors

or sensors such as MWD tools, subs and cross-overs down to the drill bit.

7.2.2.1. Drill Pipe

Drill pipe is gauged by the nominal outside diameter, the most

common in use being 5". When drilling 6" 5.5" hole or smaller 3.5"

drill pipe is used.

Drill pipe comes in lengths of about  31 feet. The exact  length of every

drill pipe is measured before this particular pipe is used in the string.

The total of drill pipe lengths, the pipe tally is the first and most

correct means of depth control. Three drill pipes together, as they are

 pulled for trips and put aside in the derrick are called a stand. The drill pipe has upsets at each end to give additional strength at the joint ends

and to allow the pipe to be lifted when tripping.

As this often still a hand-written and hand-calculated pipe tally system is prone for errors (usually wrong

calculations when totalling), the drill pipe is measured again when tripping out of the hole before logging

or running casing. The procedure is called strapping  pipe or SLMO ( steel l ine measurement when tripping

out)

Drill pipecomes also in different grades, the grading indicated by color bands at the end of every joint

(visible of course only when the pipe is new or has just been inspected). The grading

summarizes the quality of the pipes, it says if a pipe

is junk iron or whether it can be used within its

design limits or within lower limits. The pipe

inspection is done every few weeks or months and

always when a new set of drill pipe is to be used.

The inspection considers if a pipe is straight (or 

 bent), if the threads (pin and box end connectors) are

intact or worn, if the drill pipe or its upsets have still

a sufficient diameter (drill pipe becomes thinner 

owing to wear and tear) and all other aspects, that

may bear on the quality of the drill pipe.

For a geologist it may be of interest to know that thesteel of a drill pipe becomes brittle when exposed to

CO2 or H2S environment. Drill pipe that has been

used in such an environment must be re-inspected.

Drilling in an H2S environment requires drill pipe

and casing made of special grade steel.

Page 78: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 78/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 78 Drilling

Figure 30: The drill stem and its

components. Note that cross overs and

other parts are not shown.

7.2.2.2. Heavy Weight Drill Pipe

Heavy weight drill pipe (HWDP) is similar to standard drill pipe but

has a smaller inside diameter (ID) so that it is heavier and stiffer. It is

 becoming common practice to place several lengths of heavy weights

 between the BHA and normal drill pipe to give a better transition between the rigidity of the BHA and the relative flexibility of the

normal drill pipe.

Geological note: Heavy weight drill pipe has the same OD but

a smaller ID than normal drill pipe. The

velocity of mud inside the HWDP is

therefore higher than in normal drill pipe. It

should therefore be considered when making

lag time calculations, that is when

calculating the down-time and round time.

7.2.2.3. Bottom Hole Assembly (BHA)

The BHA is made up of collars (very thick drill pipe), subs, stabilizer 

and other specialized tools. The purpose of the BHA is as follows :

  ! To provide weight on bit for the drilling. Note that the actual

weight on bit is provided by the drill collars, the drill string

itself hangs on the kelly.

  ! To maintain tension of the drill string.

  ! To provide rigidity (or not) to provide that the new hole drilled

is aligned with the old hole (or not).

If you need detailed information about the BHA being run at the

moment, see the driller. He keeps a record, the BHA-sheet, a listing of 

all parts of the bottom hole assembly and their measures.

7.2.2.3.1. Collars

Drill collars have a larger outside diameter (OD) and a smaller inside

diameter (ID) than drill pipe. There are two basic designs of drill

collars, the ones which are slick outsidd and the ones which have spiral

frooves ottside. Monel collars are made of non-magnetic metals that allow the use of deviation andorientation measuring instruments (see page 97, deviation surveys) inside the collar.

7.2.2.3.2. Subs

Subs are short lengths of pipe or collars for specific jobs:

  ! Cross over subs are used to combine thread sizes at each end to join different sections of pipe or 

collars or different threads or, just to invert the pin-down to box-down. The simple explanation

for the newcomer: The bit is box-up and the drill pipe is run pin-down, therefore there must be a

cross over sub somewhere in the drill string (it is usually next to the bit).

  !  Junk subs are run near the bit with the aim to collect heavy particles such as metal junk which is

lifted by the mud but not carried to the surface. A junk sub works in principle like a basket with

Page 79: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 79/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 79 Drilling

the open end pointing upwards. The actual use of it is, however, even questioned by drilling

experts.

  ! Stabilizers are short subs with fins that are exactly of the hole diameter. The purpose of the

stabilizers is to centralize the collars and to keep the hole straight. The faces of the stabilizer fins

are coated with hard material such as tungsten carbide to reduce wear and tear. It is not the purpose of the stabilizer to increase the hole size after the bit or exert any kind of abrasive action -

reamers are run in the BHA if this becomes necessary.

  !  Bumper subs are telescopic shock absorbers, typically with a stroke of 5 feet and are used either 

singly or in multiples. Bumpers are used to control vibration and also to compensate for heave

motion. The inclusion of a bumper in the drill string must be noted by the geologist. The closing

and opening of the bumper sub will cause problems with depth monitoring and can possibly be

misinterpreted as a drilling break. (When in doubt - ask the driller on the floor !)

  !  Jars are made to provide a heavy upward pulling shock to the drill pipe and the BHA should it get

stuck in the hole. You can hear a beating jar all over the rig - it sound like two stands of drill pipecrashing together. If you hear that noise during a trip, you should be available in the mudlogging

unit to monitor the trip, note the amount of overpull and possibly figure out where in the open hole

section the formation is causing problems.

  !  Fishing tools are tools run on the drill string in order to remove unwanted material, metal, a lost

 part of the drill string, from the hole. The most common types are the overshot  to grasp outside

the lost pipe in the hole and the spear  to engage inside the lost pipe. There are nearly as many

types of fishing tools as there are types of pipe, BHAs, cables, logging tools, bit cones, etc. that

can be lost in a hole. If the drillers don't know how the end of the thing lost in the hole looks like,

they will run a lead impression block (LIB) to get a imprint of the obstacle and to select the proper 

fishing tool.

7.2.2.3.3. Downhole Motors

Downholemotors are increasingly utilized and included in the BHA. These machines are located

immediately above the bit and use the power of the flowing mud (pumped down the drill

string) to turn the bit independently of the drill string. If a downhole motor is run then the RPM of the bit

is that of the rotary table plus the RPM of the downhole motor. Unfortunately there is no direct method to

measure the actual RPM of the motor, it has to be calculated from the pump rate of the mud (a parameter 

which is monitored in the mudlogging unit).

 Positive displacement motors (e.g."Dynadrills") consist of a spiral cavity with an elliptical cross section(the stator) which houses a sinusoidal rotor driving the bit.

Turbines utilize a series of turbine blades to transfer the movement of the mud inside the drill pipe into

rotational drive for the bit.

Turbines are commonly used with diamond bits. The high revolutions of the turbine complement the very

long life potential of the diamond bit. This enables long sections of harder formation to be drilled without

the need for time consuming (i.e. expensive) trips that would be necessary to keep changing less durable

conventional bits.

Page 80: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 80/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 80 Drilling

Figure 31: Two types of tricone bits. The bit on the left is a bit for soft to

medium hard formations. The bit on the right a high performance insert bit

for hard to very hard formations.

Figure 32: Cutting action of PDC bits.

7.2.3. Drill Bits

The bit is one of the most critical items in rotary drilling operation. Bits are available in many styles and

are more highly specialized and engineered than any other rig tool. It is that the performance of the bit, its

ability to drill fast, is the most prominent parameter determining cost. Because of the high cost of rig time

 plus support services (boats, helicopters, all the contractors on day rate) the apparently high cost of adrilling bit is balanced by its performance. Fast drilling is cheap drilling.

7.2.3.1. Tricone Bits

Tricone bits are the most common type

of bit in use today. Nearly all tricone

 bits are fitted with jets. Tricone bits

come in different designs to drill soft

medium and hard formations.

To make difficult things simple: The

longer the teeth of the bit - the softer the

formation need to be - and vice versa.

The teeth can be made of the same

material as the cones (milled teeth) or 

made of hard (e.g. tungsten carbide)

inserts, hence insert bits.

Tricone rock bits come with a variety

of bearings on the cones. The most

simple type is fitted with friction

 bearings. More sophisticated designs

have sealed bearings or journal

 bearings. The main difference - apart from the cost - is the endurance of the bits. Journal bearing bits can

stay longer on bottom, rotate longer until they need to be replaced by a new bit. There is not much

difference for the geologist in the mudlogging unit, except that the number of bit trips is reduced.

  ! Watch the torque while drilling. Short spikes or a sharp increase in torque may indicate that one

or all of the bearings of the bit are worn out and lock up. Tell the company man.

  ! For the geologist it is important to know that the shape and size of the cuttings depends on the type

of bit in use. The longer the teeth of the bit, the bigger the cuttings. Bits for very hard formationsgenerate very fine cuttings, almost powder. In some rare cases it is then almost impossible to

describe the lithology correctly.

7.2.3.3. PDC Bits

PDC bits (PDC stands for something like polycrystalline diamond

cutters) don’t have any moving parts. The cutting faces are made from

a very hard synthetical material. This material is very resitive to

abrasive formations but sensitive to shock because it is brittle. Such

 bits can stay on bottom for a long time and drill long distances.However, on the negative side, PDC bits are extremely sensitive to

 pyrite in the formation and metal junk such as debris that may come

Page 81: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 81/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 81 Drilling

from a cast iron casing shoe. Also their penetration rate in shale lithlogies is relatively poor and their cost

mcuh higher than the cost of ordinary tricone bits.

As a consequence, PDC bits are usually employed in a development situation where the lithogy is known

and the efficiency of such bits has been established. PDC bits can last for several wells but can also be

totally destroyed within a foot of drilled rock if junk is present in the hole.

For the geologist:

  ! If a PDC bit is to be run, tell the company man immediately if you see any metal debris or pyrite

in the samples.

  !  Note that the shape of cuttings from a PDC bit is different from conventionally drilled cuttings.

PDC cuttings are usually smaller and shale lithologies can be “scooped” together (see Figure 31)

due to the different bit action. Limestone cuttings appear more chalky and can be powdered to

dust.

However, in most cases, PDC cuttings appear somewhat cleaner and there is no substantial problem to identify and describe the nature of the rock.

7.2.3.3. Classification and Grading of Bits

The IADC (International Association of Drilling Contractors) has a standard classification system,

whereby each bit type, regardless of manufacturer is given a three digit code. Tables are available to show

and compare the various types of bits from the main manufacturers.

There is also a standard classification for describing the amount of wear and tear a bit has suffered during

use. The degree and type of wear can be expressed in three ways: Teeth, bearings and gauge (TBG). Every

of the three items is graded on a 1 to 8 scale, eight being the worst. B=8, for example, would mean that

all teeth are broken or worn. The geologist does not need to be conversant with the grading and all its sub-

systems. However, as the grading of a worn bit is an entry on the graphical log produced, he should know

what it means and what the rocks of the last section drilled have done to the bit.

7.2.4. Mud and the Mud Circulation System

The mud is of great importance to the drilling operation. Whilst drilling, the mud is constantly circulated

from the storage pits, down through the drill string through the bit, returning up the annulus and back over 

the shale shakers before returning to the pits. This is termed normal circulation. Reverse circulation is

applied only under special circumstances, e.g. when reversing out fluids in the drill string after a test.

The propertiesof the mud and its related functions are:

  ! Mud density: Controlling subsurface pressures

and also

help to support the weight of drill pipe or casing.

  ! Viscosity: Removal of cuttings from the hole

  ! Gel strength: Keeping cuttings in suspension when the circulation is stopped

  ! Oil, additives Cooling and lubrication of the bit and the drill string

  ! Filtrate, Water Loss:

Lining the hole with an impermeable filter cake, the mud cake

The mud engineer, in a way the chemist on location, conducts a comprehensive series of tests at least once

a day to determine the mud properties. This mud check is part of the daily drilling report, but more

Page 82: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 82/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 82 Drilling

important, the geologist and the mudloggers must attempt to get a copy of the report (try the company

man). More about mud, it's properties, etc. on page 92.

7.2.4.3. The Mud Pumps

A drilling rig has usually two mud pump to circulate the mud. Some big rigs have three pumps. It depends

on the pump output volume required if all pumps run simultaneously or if one pump is sufficient to support

the drilling. Big diameter hole usually requires both pumps operating. Mud pumps are either duplex double-

acting or triplex single-action pumps.

Mud pumpsare not only used to pump mud, but can also be used to pump cement slurry (replacing

the cement unit when big volumes have to be delivered) or any other fluid. On jack-up

rigs, the mud pumps can be connected to the ends of the legs in order to jet them free if they penetrated

deeply into the sea bottom, to jet the legs free, as the jargon says.

Triplex  pumps are found now almost universally on new rigs because of their better performance. Thetriplex pump has three pump cylinders operating on one crank shaft with 120 degrees phase

difference. Every cylinder pumps with the forward moving action of the piston and recharges with the

retracting action of the piston. It is obvious that this arrangement is superior to two-cylinder arrays which

are 180 degrees out of phase and therefore create a much stronger pulsation of the mud pressure in the

standpipe. In order to smooth the residual pulsation of the pump pressure, all pumps are equipped with

 pulsation dampeners

The cylinder liner and the piston of the mud pumps can be changed to provide different balances between

volume and pressure. It is not uncommon to operate the pumps with 7" liners during the upper portion of 

a hole, where large mud volumes are required and then change to 6"liners for the deeper portion of the hole,

where volume is less important than pressure.

 Note, that the actual volume output of the mudpumps is not  exactly the volume of liner length times piston

area. The actual pump output is less, depending on the pump efficiency. The effieciency of normally

operated pumps is somewhere between 85 to 95 percent. Use the efficiency discounted value of pump

output when calculating lag time, etc. (page 36).

Geological comments:

  ! The liner size affects the output of the pump and finally the lag time. Operating two pumps with

different  size liners leads to problems monitoring the lag. The driller should keep both pumps

identical.

7.2.4.4. Flow Line and Solids Removal

The mud flow returns to the surface up the annulus. On an offshore rig, the mud continues from the seabed

to surface through the riser. Immediately below the rig floor, the mud is diverted down a large diameter 

 pipe, the flow line, into the possum belly, the small tank that feeds into the shale shakers.

The shale shakers consist of an inclined frame on springs with a fine mesh screen stretched over it. Note

that the screen sizes can change depending on the driller's requirements.

  ! The size of the cuttings fraction is therefore also dependent on the shaker screens.

An electric motor with an eccentric can causes the frame to vibrate. Double-deck shakers have tandem

screens mounted one above the other, the top one being coarser. The mud pour onto the top of the screens

Page 83: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 83/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 83 Drilling

  22 The sand trap is a small settling tank for the coarser particles in the mud. It is emptied regularly. When the sand trap is

emptied (dumped), the total mud volume decreases. This decrease should trigger the alarms in the mudlogging unit. (See also

 page 40.)

and drops straight through, leaving cuttings and cavings to shake down the screen and to fall off into a

discharge trough.

  ! Some companies place a magnet in the flow line or somewhere in the mud stream, before it reaches

the shale shakers. This magnet attracts metal coming up with the drill cuttings such as detrital

matter of the bit, the stabilizers, the casing or anywhere else downhole where metal is eroded,worn. The mudloggers should check the magnet on a daily basis.

From the tank near the shale shakers, the sand trap22, the mud is then pumped through the desander and

desilter. These devices are arrays of funnels separating the (heavier) fines from the (lighter) mud by

centrifugal force.

  ! The geologist and the mudloggers when taking a sample should always check the amount and

material discharged by the desanders and desilters. The desander and desilter output should be

combined with the sample taken at the shale shakers..

 !

Beware of mistaking barite for fine sand (see also page 53) !

Solids removal includes also the removal from solids in the borehole. If the hole cleaning is not sufficient,

not all cuttings are brought to surface, two effects occur:

  ! The actual mud weight increases. The hydrostatic head of the mud in the hole increases due to the

admixture of cuttings. In cases where the fracture gradient is near the hydrostatic pressure,

fracturing of the formation and mud losses may occur, although the nominal mud weight going into

the hole appear to be light enough not to fracture the formation.

  ! If cuttings accumulate, they may fall sink down to the bit or the stabilizers when the pumps are

stopped, for example, when making a connection. In bad cases, the drillstring may become stuck 

when pulling up by a stand, when the connection is made.

7.2.4.5. Trip Tank 

 Nearly all rigs have an extra mud tank, usually sited away from the rest of the mud circulation system,

called the trip tank . Its purpose is to aid the monitoring of the mud level in the hole during a trip. The trip

tank is usually tall and slender, so that any volume change causes a relatively large fluctuation in level and

is more easily and accurately monitored. The read-out on the rig floor is direct, not depending on any

electronic or mechanic device. Often a string with a mark near the driller's console connects directly to the

float in the trip tank.

Just prior to a trip, the trip tank is filled. When the main mud pumps are stopped, a small centrifugal pump

is switched on. This circulates the mud from the trip tank into the hole, which then overflows into the flow

line and is diverted back into the trip tank. Once the small pump is running, the hole remains always full

and the hydrostatic head constant. As each stand of drill pipe is pulled out of the hole, the mud level drops

 by an amount equivalent to the displacement of the pipe removed. The trip tank immediately replenishes

this, so that the mud level in the trip tank should fall by a certain amount. This change is monitored at

regular intervals (e.g. every ten stands pulled). Any deviation from the calculated volume ("hole take")

should alarm the driller. The volume of the trip tank is usually monitored independently by the driller and 

the mudlogging unit.

Page 84: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 84/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 84 Drilling

  ! The majority of kicks and blow-outs occurs whilst tripping . Correct monitoring of the hole fill on

trips is essential. During trips, the most critical phase is near midnight and lunchtime when the

crew on tour is waiting for the next crew to continue and when their concentration is reduced after 

long hours of work.

If the rig is not equipped with a trip tank, then the hole is filled up with the mud pumps. The number of strokes necessary to fill the hole is converted to volume and compared with the expected volume of hole

take.

7.2.4.6. Mud Hydraulics

This chapter is supposed to introduce only to hydraulics of the mud flow and the implications for the

implications on the geological side of the drilling operation. The novice wellsite geologist may be interested

to know that this optimization process is one of the most important tasks of the drilling engineer when

 planning the drilling of a well.

In order to optimize drilling performance (fast, cheap, safe), the mud flow is optimized in order to have:

  ! maximum flow velocity at the bit's jets in order to maximize rate of penetration.

  ! minimum pressure losses in the drill pipe and the annulus.

  ! optimum cuttings lifting performance (hole cleaning).

  ! minimum turbulent flow in the open hole section (in order to avoid hole wash out and caving).

The limiting side conditions in this exercise are :

  ! the pumps available (or more precise their power and their output rate).

  ! the hole geometry.

  ! the drillstring in the hole.

  ! any obstacles restricting the flow inside the drill string (e.g. a downhole motor) or in the annulus.

  ! Mud properties (see page 94).

Some points are points of relevance for the geologist or of general interest are mentioned here:

  ! The most important factors controlling cuttings transport are the annular velocity (i.e. the velocity

of the mud in the annulus) and the rheologic properties of the mud. Usually annular velocities of 

50 feet per meter

 provide satisfactory cuttings transport in typical drilling muds. Cuttings transport efficiency

increases with increasing viscosity of the mud.

  ! Cuttings size and fluid density (mud weight) have only moderate influence on the increase of thetransport efficiency. (I.e. the effect of settling after STOKE'S Law is relatively small compared to

the effect of viscosity, page 95.)

  ! Hole size, drill pipe rotation and drilling rate have only a slight effect on cuttings transport if the

annular velocity is constant. It makes also a difference when a big hole is drilled with limited

 pump output and a big rock volume transformed to cuttings, however, this is a matter of plain

volume calculations, not of the rheology and hydraulic in the sense of this chapter.

A build-up of cuttings in the annulus (due to low pump output, for example) is detrimental for the drilling

 performance:

  ! The mud weight increases uncontrolled and may - in the worst case - induce fracturing and lossesto the formation.

  ! In extreme cases, cuttings adhere to the drill string thereby restricting the annulus and create a

 pressure loss.

Page 85: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 85/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 85 Drilling

Terminology Note that most of these formulae are made up in oilfield units. As unpractical as it

may seem for an engineer, grown up in other fields of technology, these units are

 being used and most of the drilling specific software and much of the instruments on the drilling rig use

these “funny” units. Some of the buzz words commonly used when describing mud hydraulics (and bit

hydraulics) are explained herebelow:

 Annular Velocity is the average speed at which drilling fluid is moving back up the annular space as the

well is drilling or circulated. Although the mud pump output is constant, annular velocities vary at

different points in the wellbore due to change in pipe, collar and hole sizes.

Whereby AV: the annular velocity in ft/min

GPM: the actual pump output in gallons per minute

Dh: the hole or casing diameter in inches

od: the pipe outside diameter in inches

 Jet Nozzle Area. A conventional rotary drilling bit has two to four (usually three) jet nozzles installed to

impart a jetting action on the mud to clean the bottom of the hole. In some occasions (big hole) no nozzles

at all are installed. In fact, this jet action does most of the drilling work by breaking up small fractures and

lossening the cuttings from the solid rock ahead of the bit. The nozzle size is variable and measured in

32nds of an inch. Thus, a bit with “three 13's” has three nozzles with 13/32 inch diameter.

Whereby An: the area of all three nozzles in square inches

J1, J2, J3 the area of the individual nozzles (measured in 32nds of an inch)

 Jet Nozzle Velocity is the velocity of the mud exiting the jet nozzles of the bit and is calculated as

Whereby JNV the jet nozzle velocity in feet per secondAn: the area of all three nozzles in square inches

GPM: the actual pump output in gallons per minute

Total Hydraulic Horsepower  The total hydraulic horsepower available for drilling hydraulics is defined

 by the circulation rate and the pressure of the mud pump(s).

Whereby THhp: the total hydraulic horsepower (in horsepower  !)

Pp: the pump pressure in psi

GPM: the actual pump output in gallons per minute

Page 86: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 86/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 86 Drilling

 Hydraulic Horsepower at the Bit  Similar to the total hydraulic horsepower above, the hyraulic horsepower 

at the bit is calculated. Instead of the pump pressure, like for the whole system, the jet nozzle pressure loss

is plugged into this equation.

Whereby BHhp: the hydraulic horsepower at the bit (in horsepower  !)

JNPL: the jet nozzle pressure loss in psi

GPM: the actual pump output in gallons per minute

 Jet Nozzle Pressure Loss. Pump pressure is the the total pressure expended throughout the circulatin

system’s surface equipment., but only the pressure expended through the jet nozzles accomplishes useful

work for drilling. The remaining pressure losses are referred to as parasitic pressure losses. The useful jet

nozzle pressure loss is calculated as follows

Whereby JNPL: the jet nozzle pressure loss in psi

MW: the mud weight in pounds per gallon

GPM: the actual pump output in gallons per minute

An: the area of all three nozzles in square inches

 Jet Impact Force. The jet impact force is the force that the mudstream jetting out of the bit nozzles exerts

on the formation and makes the whole thing drill good, provided the jet impact force is optimal. the

formula is

Whereby JIV: the jet impact force in pounds

MW: the mud weight in pounds per gallon

GPM: the actual pump output in gallons per minute

JNV: the jet nozzle velocity in feet per second 

Please note, that therse formulae are not  the working kit of the geologist. They are copied here to give the

wellsite geologist some understanding of the optimization processes that are going on at the wellsite and

to give the geologist some basis of understanding the driller’s tasks and the solutions he might choose.

Page 87: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 87/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 87 Drilling

  23 One of the mud pits must always contain a special, heavy kill mud .

Figure 33: Ram type blow out preventer..

7.2.5. Kick and Blow Out Control Equipment

A kick - by definition - is the uncontrolled influx of formation fluids into the borehole. The fluids may be

gas, oil or water or any mixture of them.

There is never a lack of indications that a kick mayoccur. Since in the majority of cases the bore hole and

the active mud pit are a closed circulating system, the

addition of any fluid from the formation will be

experienced as a change in flow rate out of the bore hole

and an increase in total mud volume.

A kick is controlled by shutting either the pipe rams or 

the annular preventer in the BOP stack. Only as a last

resort will the shear rams be operated. (The shear rams

would cut off the drilling pipe and make it difficult, if not

impossible to circulate properly.) With the BOP closed, heavier mud23

 is circulated down the drill pipewhile the returning mud is passed through the choke line of the manifold. The valves of the choke manifold

are used and set to control the pressure of the closed-in bore hole in the required way.

There are at least two different methods to kill a kick, referred to as the weight and wait  method and the

other, the engineer's method. In any case, the driller on duty has a worksheet ready that contains all relevant

 parameters (present mud weight, depth, etc.) and that allows to conduct the kill calculations as fast and as

simple as possible. Like many other problems in the oil fields, one of the major sources of confusion or 

error when calculating parameters for a kick kill, is the variety of units, metric versus imperial, etc.

The most common causes for a kick are:

  ! A failure to keep the hole full, i.e. filling up the hole on trips with the trip tanks and closely

monitoring the "hole take (see page 83, trip tank system).

  ! Swabbing. When tripping out, the drill pipe acts as a piston reducing the hydrostatic pressure on

the formation.

  ! Insufficient mud density, mud weight too low.

  ! Lost circulation. If the mud level in the annulus drops due to lost circulation, the hydrostatic

 pressure will drop accordingly and may allow formation fluids to enter into the well bore.

Kicks are - of course - strongly related to formation pressures and pressure engineering. See page 63 for more.

6.2.5.1. Kick During Connection

When drilling close to hydrostatic balance, a flow into the wellbore can occur when the pumps are shut

down for a connection. This results from a pressure reduction caused by the removal of the annular 

 pressure loss. When the kelly is lifted, swab pressures can further reduce the bottom hole pressure.

 A kick

during connection is signalled by the following indications:

Page 88: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 88/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 88 Drilling

  ! The well is still flowing when the pumps are shut off. Monitor the flow-out sensor closely. Flow

out at the mud flow line should cease in a few seconds after the pumps ware switched off. When

monitoring the flow out at the pit tanks, the afterflow is somewhat longer, depending on the type

of mud cleaning equipment and the volumes contained in them.

  ! An increase in pit volume may be noticed only after the connection. When the levels have stabilizedafter the pumps are restarted. An increase in pit level indicates that flow into the wellbore has

occurred.

  ! Loss of pump pressure when resuming drilling. If lighter fluids (oil, gas) have entered the wellbore,

less pump pressure is required to lift the mud in the annulus to surface (i.e. a reduction of the

hydrostatic pressure in the annulus has occurred).

7.2.5.2. Kick while Tripping

The majority of kicks occurs when tripping out of the hole. The reasons for this are the reduction of  pressure at the bottom caused by swabbing action of the bit (and also by stabilizers which can be packed

with shales and exert an even greater swab effect than the bit. The swab pressure increases with the speed

of the travelling drill string. Usually the trip speed out of the hole is restricted to one or two minutes (or 

even much slower, depending on pressures estimated) per stand of drill pipe.

Of course, the well must be kept full with mud and the hole take compared with the calculated hole take.

(See page 83, trip tank.)

7.2.5.3. Kick while Drilling

The first indication that a kick may occur is a drilling break, an increase in ROP. A significant  drilling

 break is defined by an increase of ROP by the factor of two, i.e. twice the drilling progress per unit time.

  ! Any significant drilling break must be checked for flow. Call the rig floor and request a flow check 

if you have seen a significant drilling break and the driller does not take any action. For a flow

check the pumps are switched off and the well is observed at the rig floor by peeping into the

annulus with a torch and  with a second watch at the shakers or possum belly. The time to observe

the well should not be less than five minutes. (See also page 40).

  ! If there is any indication that the well is not static after the pumps are shut off - call the driller on

the rig floor immediately.

The second indication of a kick is an increase in the flow rate out. Once flow begins, the rate of flow

increases proportional to the depth of penetration into the reservoir. Most mudlogging units have

computerized alarm that go off when the flow rate[out] is bigger than the flow in.

  ! If you see any increase of flow out without a corresponding change in pump output -call the driller 

on the rig floor immediately and alert him about the situation.

The third possible indication of a kick while drilling may be seen in an increase in hook load. If the invading

fluid is lighter than the mud then the buoyancy of the drill string is reduced and an increase of hook load

registered by the sensors.

The fourth possible indication of a kick while drilling may be an increase in the pump rate. The reasons

are similar to the ones explained above. The invading fluid is lighter than the mud and the force required

Page 89: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 89/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 89 Drilling

to lift the mud in the annulus is less. The pumps usually respond to this loss in back-pressure with an

increase in speed seen as increased strokes per minutes (SPM).

7.2.5.4. Gas Cuttings

Certain relatively harmless conditions may give the false appearance of a severe kick, notably gas cuttings.Rock chips cut by the bit may contain gas which, although suppressed in down hole conditions, may escape

as the cuttings rise to lower pressure levels. Alternatively, the background level of gas in the mud may get

too high, which will also expand as the mud nears the surface. In the top few hundred feet of the hole this

gas cutting can be severe, foaming the mud and vastly increasing its volume. At the surface this appears

very serious but the well has not taken a kick since the gas not entered the hole from the wall under 

uncontrolled conditions. The mud weight does not necessarily require increasing. However, it will be

necessary to remove the accumulated gas from the mud by running the degasser. It may be necessary to

close the BOP for a short time to prevent loss of mud if the foaming is severe enough to lift the mud over 

the top of the flow line. The conditions leading to over-accumulation of gas in the mud must be remedied.

7.3. The Art of Drilling

This chapter is far outside the actual duties and responsibilities of the wellsite geologist. However, it is

equally important that you understand the principles of drilling practise and the impact of drilling practise

on the quality of geological data.

For example, drilling is different when using fast turning downhole motors with a PDC bit and different

for coring or conventional tricone-bit drilling. Also, there is a big difference if the driller sets the bit on

 bottom with a lot of weight and then starts rotating or if he runs slowly to bottom with a rotating bit and

hits the bottom of the hole while rotating. Different bits, different drill strings and different rocks may

require different approaches.

7.3.1. “Making Hole”

The artof drilling is to put enough weight on the drill bit (by releasing the brake) and to keep the

weight steady. If the weight on bit (WOB) is too high, the bit may be damaged very fast, if 

the weight is too low, no drilling progress is made. Of course, there are spec sheets and smart computer 

 programs that calculate how much weight on a bit would be ideal, nevertheless, it comes down to the driller 

to optimize this process.

The choice of parameters, RPM, WOB and pump output is limited by a number of factors and design

criteria: For example, the ROP depends of the bit and hole size and possible resonance in the drill string.The pump output depends on the horsepower of the pumps, the mudweight, hydraulic conditions and the

WOB depends on bit type and lithology. This interrelationship is by far more complex, but also beyond the

scope of this book.

The weight on bit  (WOB) required to drill properly depends on the type of bit and the type of rocks being

drilled. Soft rocks, usually drilled with a long-tooth bit, take relatively little weight. Too much weight

would spud the teeth in the shale and make it difficult for the bit to turn. The torque would be increase to

levels that are technically not acceptable. In contrast, hard formations, usually drilled with a short-tooth

 bit can take more weight. The drilling action in hard rocks is optimized to crush and fracture the rock 

ahead of the bit and break the fractures with the action of the jets.

When drilling with PDC bits, the weight on bit is relatively less compared to tricne bits. PDC bits do not

crush and fracture the rock. PDC bits are designed to scratch and scoope the formation. Therefore, PDC

 bits are run usually with less weight and higher RPM can comparable tricone bits.

Page 90: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 90/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 90 Drilling

Geological note:

It is far outside the scope of the geologists work to find the right drilling parameters. However, a

good understanding of the drilling paramters give a deep insight and help with the interpretation

of the ROP curve, Dx-exponents, etc. Such formulas work only within the limitations of the

methods whereas there is a number of situations in which the ROP (or Dx) curve may indicate a

change of lithology where in reality an abrupt change of drilling parameters may have caused a break in the log curve.

For practical purposes, ROP and Dx curves shold only be compared within the same hole size, for 

similar bits and comparable mud weights.

7.3.2. Depth Control - How Deep Are We ?

Depth control on a drilling well appears to be trivial. However, it can be a very complex and controversial

subject. In simple terms, depth is measured by summing the length of the drillpipe in the hole. Every drill

 pipe is measured and numbered and then added to the list, the pipe tally. The exact depth is established

every time a connection is made. In the drillers’ jargon this sounds like “next kelly-down is 7436.7 meters”,meaning when the next connection is due, the hole will be at exactly 7436.7 meters, as an example.

  ! The drill pipe tally is the first and ultimate depth reference. All other depth measurements relate

to this pipe tally.

The pipe tally is relative to a datum, and there are two depth reference datums are used in drilling

operations:

  ! The Rotary Kelly Bushing (RKB)

  ! The Rotary Table (RT)

Go to the rig floor and inspect the difference ! Drilling depth is measured from RKB, that is the top of the

kelly bushing, about  1 foot above the rotary table. When drilling the kelly is marked with chalk in meter 

or foot increments to see the progress and calculate the ROP while drilling a single.

When running logs, the kelly and with it the kelly bushing is removed at put aside. The depth reference for 

logging is the rotary table (see page 109) which is usually level with the rig floor.

  ! You have to be aware of the difference in datum and the possible error introduced by the two

reference points.

In case of any doubt as to the correct depth of a well, the drill pipe will be strapped, i.e. every stand of drill

 pipe is measured again, totalled and the result is compared with the pipe tally. If operationally relevant, thegeologist can request pipe strapping (SLMO, steel line measuring while tripping out).

Drill pipe can and will stretch under its own weight and depending on the mud weight, which determines

the boyancy of the drill pipe acting against its weight. This stretch is in the range of three feet (one

meter) for a medium deep well. A good drilling engineer will have have tables and charts to estimate the

exact stretch of the pipe. An additional uncertainty is the drill-off practise: While drilling, the lower part

of the drill string is in compression and the weight of the lower part of the string acts as weight on bit

(WOB). If, before tripping out of the hole, the driller keeps on drilling until the weight on bit approaches

zero, an additional one to three feet are drilled without adding drill pipe. This extra hole is not accounted

for. So, when comparing drillers depths, find out from the driller on the floor how this final depth has been

reached. With the full weight on bit or drilling off to near-zero weight on bit. The described practise is oftenused prior to running casing (and logging), because it adds some “extra hole“ which does not appear on

the daily report but may be of help when running casing to accomodate possible problems and

unconsistencies in the casing tally.

Page 91: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 91/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 91 Drilling

Common Errors:

  ! Depth discrepancies in the range of one to two feet are common and not really substantial. Pipe

stretch and inaccurate measurements can be an explanation (see also the previous chapter).

  ! Wireline logging depth is shallower than the drilled depth derived from the pipe tally. It can beassumed that cavings have accumulated on the bottom of the well and the loggig tools cannot reach

the bottom of the hole.

Uncommon Errors:

  ! The number of drill pipe singles is wrong or a stand of pipe that is included in the tally has not

 been run into the hole. Therefore, beware of depth errors which are close to 30 feet (one single

 pipe) or 100 feet (one stand).

  ! The rig or platform measurements are wrong. This introduces a datum error which is not obvious

 because the tally measurements are consistent and only formation tops and fluid contacts areshifted.

Page 92: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 92/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 92 Mud Enginering

7.4. Mud Engineering

Mud engineering is the science (or art ?) and application of controlling drilling fluids in an optimum

manner. The mud engineer on location reports to the company man. The geologist cannot give much input

as to how the mud should be treated. the properties of the mud do, however, strongly affect the geological

work, the wireline logging (page 109), the pressure engineering (page 63), and many other aspects of theroutine drilling and geological operation.

The function of the mud is to remove the drill cuttings from the bottom and transport them to the surface,

to create a hydrostatic head in order to control the pore pressure (see also page 63, pressure engineering)

of the formation, and to cool and lubricate the drilling bit.

These purposes are achieved by systems and mixtures of various chemical compounds in either water or 

oil as continuous phase. Other systems like drilling with foam or with air (or gas) are used occasionally

under special circumstances.

7.4.1. Water based Mud Systems

Water based mud is the most common type of mud used for exploration drilling. The water used to mix the

drilling mud can either be fresh water or sea water. Clays, such as bentonite and/or synthetic polymers are

added to water to increase viscosity and density. Additional chemicals are used to control viscosity, pH,

foaming, etc. The most common material to increase the weight of a mud fluid is barite.

7.4.1.1. Lignosulfonate Muds

Freshwater lignosulfonate muds are commonly employed for drilling in areas where mud making 

formations are prevalent, i.e. where part of all of the shales in the formation drilled are

dispersed into the mud system. Such systems are sometimes referred to as native muds. Lignosulfonate

muds provide rheological control and afford a degree of inhibition to drill solids.

Lignosulfonate muds can be based on fresh water or sea water. A pH value close to 10.5 is required and

maintained by the addition of caustic soda (NaOH).

Geological comments:

  ! Shale cuttings are usually under-represented in the total drill cuttings. Their shape is rounded due

to solution processes. Shales may also appear softer in the sample, in particular if they have

travelled up a deep hole.

  ! Undissolved lignosulfonate may be mistaken for coal or lignite from the formation.

7.4.1.2. Lime and Gypsum Muds

Lime i.e. Ca(OH)2, or gypsum muds are muds treated with calcium and used in areas where shale hydration

and swelling results in significant bore hole instability (i.e. sloughing and heaving). Increased levels of 

soluble calcium are maintained in these muds to provide an inhibitive environment to minimize shale

swelling. The solubility of lime or gypsum is controlled by the pH of the system and typical pH values

range pH = 9.5-10.5. Lime and to a lesser degree also gypsum muds are temperature sensitive and aresubject to solidification at 275 °F.

Page 93: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 93/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 93 Mud Enginering

7.4.1.3. Saltwater Muds

Saltwater muds are used to drill salt (halite, NaCl) containing formations. Some application also for 

sensitive shale sections. The most commonly used salt muds contain NaCl or KCl (occasionally also

CaCl2). Viscosifiers can be salt tolerant polymers, gels, or clay (attapulgite or bentonite).

7.4.1.4. KCl Muds

Potassium chloride muds are a special class of salt muds, in that potassium (K +) is utilized as the principal

inhibition ion. Potassium in concentrations from 3% to 15% is used to inhibit the swelling and dispersion

of clays contained in various formations. KCl is primarily used as a shale control agent, but is also

frequently used to prevent formation damage from clay swelling in producing zones (as a completion fluid).

KCl can be combined with a polymer base but also with clay base muds.

Geological comments:

  ! KCl muds will exhibit a slow increase in chlorides (Cl-) over a few days if the same concentration

of K + is maintained.

  ! When calculating R mf  from chlorides, bear in mind that the resistivity of KCl solution has to be

transformed into NaCl equivalent. (See the relevant charts and chart books of the wireline logging

contractor for this.)

  ! The potassium content in the KCl mud does affect the gamma ray logs, both the conventional GR 

and the spectral gamma log. The wireline contractors apply correction algorithms when processing

the logs, but not on the wellsite. For a quick-look interpretation it may be suffcient to shift the GR 

log towards the sand base line.

7.4.1.5. Polymer Muds

The basic component of polymer base drilling fluids is a high molecular weight water soluble viscosifying

 polymer. Various types of polymers are available. Polymers are required only in low concentrations as

compared to conventional viscosifiers. They are subject to temperature thinning and tend to be more

corrosive than conventional muds. Their temperature limitations are below those of most clay base systems,

however, high temperature polymers are available.

Geological comments:

  ! Polymer muds encapsulate shales without exposing them much to free water. Shale cuttings are

therefore firm and in original shape as drilled by the bit.

  ! If the mud system is changed over from conventional mud to polymer the change of cuttings shape

from soft rounded to splintery or platy shale cuttings may be misinterpreted as a formation change.

7.4.2. Oil based Mud Systems

Oil based mud systems are emulsions of water in oil. The advantages of oil based muds are:

  ! Better temperature stability in high temperature environments.

Page 94: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 94/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 94 Mud Enginering

  24 The choice to drill a salt section is either a NaCl saturated water based mud or oil emulsion mud.

  25 The unit pounds per cubic foot (lb/cuft) is rarely used any more.

  !  Non-reaction with shales, clays and evaporites24.

  ! Easier maintenance of the mud weight, in particular when weighting material such as barite or 

hematite are used.

  ! Faster drilling (therefore cheaper operating cost) owing to better hole cleaning and better 

viscosities.

  ! Better drill string lubrication.

Disadvantages:

  ! Relatively high cost per volume unit (this however being offset by recycling of used muds and

faster drilling).

  ! Pollution problems and toxicity.

An emulsion is typically made up of 75% oil and 25% water. Increasing the amount of water leads to a less

stable, more viscous, but cheaper mud. To this mix is added: emulsifiers, viscosifiers (bentonite), lime

(gives the alkalinity necessary for emulsification), salts and weighting agents (barite, etc.).

Geological comments:

Washing : The oil base mud does not cling to the surface of the cuttings like water based mud, and

so no washing of the cuttings is usually necessary. Should the geologist require cuttings

to be washed, then clean diesel followed by ordinary detergent is be used. Minimize the

use of water in order to prevent the swelling of shales.

Fluorescence : The thin layer of oil mud on the cuttings will slightly decrease the amount of any crude

oil fluorescence seen in the cuttings. The base oil of the mud will either not fluoresce at

all or will fluoresce with a distinctive white or blue-white color, quite unlike any crude

fluorescence which usually shows shades of brown, yellow, gold, etc.

Log evaluation :

The water phase of oil based muds is highly saline and this salinity may increase to

saturation when drilling evaporites. Be aware that conventional methods determining the

R mf  of oil based muds may underestimate the actual salinity of the filtrate.

Kick detection: CO2, CH4 and other hydrocarbon gases are soluble in oil muds. If gas enters the wellbore,

it can be in solution under the hydrostatic pressure of the mud. As the mud moves up the

the wellbore, it can break out of solution at the bubble point pressure and rapidly evacuate

the hole.

7.4.3. Mud properties

The most important parameters describing the properties of a given mud system are:

  ! The mud weight, the specific density of the mud expressed in g/cm3 or in pounds per gallon (ppg)

in imperial units25. The mud weight controls the hydrostatic head of the mud column in the well

 bore designed to counterbalance the pore pressure of the formation or reservoir. More about the

implications of the mud weight on page 63. The mud weight is measured using a mud balance.

Page 95: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 95/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 95 Mud Enginering

Note: When barite or any other 

weighting material is used in a well,

the GR logs must  be corrected for the

attenuation of gamma radiation by the

material. Charts are available for 

this.

  ! Viscosity. The viscosity controls the ability of the mud to lift the drill cuttings from the bottom to

the surface. Equally important is its influence on the hydraulic behavior of the fluid, hence another 

 point to optimize drilling parameters and to drill more efficiently, cheaper.

The easiest - although not very precise - way to measure viscosity is to measure the time it takes

for a given volume of fluid to pass through an flow restriction. On the rig, a plastic funnelcontaining one quart of mud is used and the time is measured it takes to empty this funnel.

Viscosity is therefore expressed in seconds.

Viscosity and density are parameters in the R EYNOLDS equation which indicates whether turbulent or 

laminar flow conditions prevail under given velocity of a flowing medium. Owing to the importance of the

two parameters many rig contractors announce the mud weight and viscosity regularly every half hour or 

so over the rig's PA system. This is a very useful practice.

Other mud properties, not less important, are:

 !

Salinity. Expressed in ppm NaCl or Cl-

. Both units are used parallel and are therefore prone tocreate confusion. In the realm of drilling people usually chloride (Cl-) is used. Multiply by 1.64

to get the same ppm value for NaCl.

  !  pH

  ! Gel strength (PV/YP)

  ! Solids content. Solids content can be reported as high

gravity solids (HGS) such as barite or hematite, used

as weighting material and low gravity solids, such as

quartz.

  ! Oil content.

  ! Water loss. The property of the mud to separate under 

 pressure on a filter into filtrate (the liquid) and filter 

cake (the solid).

7.4.4. Mud Filtrate Tracers

Whilst drilling through a permeable formation, mud filtrate will invade the region close to the well bore and

mix with natural fluids in the formation. Formation water samples obtained using a wireline tool or during

a drill stem test (DST) are usually contaminated by mud filtrate. It is important to know how much of the

fluid sample is formation water and how much is mud filtrate for the following reasons:

  ! The true salinity of the formation water must be known to enable accurate measurement of the

hydrocarbon saturation in the reservoir from electric wireline logs.

  ! If wireline or DST fluid samples recover water from a zone thought to be oil bearing, then either 

the zone is water bearing or the mud filtrate has swept oil away from the bore hole. To enable the

cause to be established and a decision on testing to be made, the source of the recovered water 

must be known.

  ! Quantitative evaluation of the presence of formation water recovered on tests enables the selection

of the best water samples for further laboratory analysis. Knowledge both of the tracer content and

mud filtrate characteristics will then allow a quantitative determination of formation water 

 properties.

  ! Deeply invaded zones will flow mainly mud filtrate when sampled with an RFT. Note that the

 possible presence of oil in the formation may be hidden. The relative abundance of tracer in the

recovered fluid may indicate such a possibility.

Page 96: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 96/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 96 Mud Enginering

  26 Tritium is the heavier isotope of Hydrogen. It is radioactive emitting beta-($)-radiation.

By adding a tracer to all the fluids that are introduced into the drilling mud at a known constant

concentration it is possible to determine the quantity of mud filtrate in a fluid sample by measuring the

tracer concentration.

The tracer can be any substance that does not affect the mud properties, that can be easily analyzed

quantitatively and is easy to handle. The following methods have been used:

  !  Nitrate (NO4-) in the form of Sodium- or Potassiumnitrate can be used. Analytical detection is by

titration. High concentrations of lignosulfonate can mask the detection. Recommended

concentration of Nitrate is 500 ppm, so few sacks of Nitrate tracer substance are sufficient to hold

a detectable concentration of the drilling period of a deep well. However, Nitrate decomposes

under higher temperatures and the concentration can therefore not kept stable. Results will still

 bear some ambiguity.

 Note that KNO3 and NaNO3 are oxidizing agents that react as explosive when mixed with a

reducing agent such as many mud additives (CMC, starch for example). Nitrate is also used as

fertilizer.

 ! Uranyl compounds are colorful greenish-yellow fluorescing substances that can be detected in very

low concentrations (ppm - range) by photometric methods.

  ! Triated water   is chemically identical to untreated water but has one of two Hydrogen atoms

replaced by a Tritium26 atom. It is suitable as a tracer because it does not occur naturally and

allows rapid and accurate measurements even at low concentrations. It is chemically stable under 

downhole conditions, not absorbed by mud solids or the formation. Safety standards applicable

to low radioactive materials have to be followed.

  !  Iodine. (Sodium- or Potassium Iodide). Available in liquid form in drums. Detected with

electrolytic methods ( halide electrode). The test kit is usually furnished by the mud contractor.

Recommended concentration is 127mg/l of Potassium Iodide giving a concentration of 0.058 ppb.

However, some regions have naturally iodine rich formation waters. The origin of such iodine rich

waters is speculated to come from thick marine shale sequences where iodine has been

accumulated in marine phyton. Needless to say, that iodine as mud filtrate tracer is not applicable

in such areas.

Page 97: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 97/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 97 Directional Drilling

Figure 34. The basic terminology on deviated

wells.

7.5. Directional Drilling

Directional drilling is the technique to drill holes that are not vertical in a planned and predictable way.

Directional surveys of some sort are made in all wells, even in a vertical well, to see if the hole is really

vertical. The directional surveying is supervised from the company man as representative of the drillingdepartment. The verification and advice of the geologist to the company man is important, if the well is

drilled directionally towards a certain target in the subsurface. The geologist will also specify the tolerable

deviation from the planned well course.

The well course of almost any well is typically spiral, like a cork screw. The azimuth is changing

clockwise. It depends on the details of drilling practice (BHA, weight on bit, rotary speed, etc.) how much

the well course can be affected by exterior parameters such as changes in the formation drilled (see also

 below).

Terminology

A dogleg  is usually defined as any deviation greater than 3 degrees per 100 feet, and it occurs when a sharp

change of direction is taken in the wellbore. In a vertical hole, a dogleg is often caused by a change in the

dip of a formation or by a change in the weight applied to the bit (WOB). Severe doglegs can result in

stuck casing or stuck drill pipe, in particular when tripping out of the hole. If casing is run through the

dogleg, excessive wear on the drill pipe or production equipment can occur (watch for metal chips in the

samples, page 53).  Dogleg severity  is a measure of the

“straightness” of a hole. The smaller the radius of curvature

in a given hole section is the greater the dogleg severity.

 Key seats usually form as a result of dog legs. s key seat is

formed when a channel or groove is cut in the side of thehole, parallel to the axis of the hole. The drill pipe dragging

action through the sharp bend is in a dogleg creates the

groove in the side of the wellbore. Overpull with the risk of 

sticking the pipe will be experienced when tripping out

through a key seat. Overpull will occur when the first,

topmost stabilizer passes through the key seat.

Techniquesavailable for directional surveying:

  ! Single-shot survey. A pendulum type device hits a graded disk or a compass and pendulum

assembly is photographed downhole.

  ! Multi-shot survey. Essentially the same as a photographic single-shot, but with timed repeat

capability.

  ! Gyro survey, an electronic recording device with gyrometric orientation. This type of survey yields

the most accurate results.

  ! MWD survey.

Single-shot and multi-shot surveys are run inside the drill pipe. A spear like device with a thin retrieval

wire is dropped into the drill pipe and sinks to the bottom of the drill string. After a few minutes it reaches

 bottom and a time delayed camera or mechanical pendulum is activated. A measurement is taken. Thesurvey tool can be retrieved. If a compass type device is run, a non-magnetic ("monel") drill collar is

required.

Page 98: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 98/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 98 Directional Drilling

Figure 35: True vertical thickness and true

stratigraphic thickness in relation with a uniformly

dipping stratigraphic unit.

On a vertical well, directional data are used to see if the well is really vertical. If the well course is deviated

more than some 3 or 4 degrees from the vertical, problems like key seating  may cause trouble when

tripping or when running wireline logs.

Directional

data are also used to convert logs (mudlog and wireline logs) from measured (MD) depth

to true vertical depth (TVD). When drilling (deviated) development wells, thedirectional survey data are of much higher importance. They are used to construct three-dimensional

models of the subsurface for development geology and reservoir engineering. Directional data, the precise

knowledge of the well course is of importance also, if relief wells have to be drilled after a blow-out has

occurred.

There may also be some geologic information in the directional data. If the plot of the well course shows

a distinct change in direction although the drilling parameters were kept constant, the change in direction

is likely to come from the rocks. The bit is usually deviated down dip of inclined geological surfaces such

as fault planes or tops of hard formations. In a similar way, the azimuth of the well course may change

when such a surface is penetrated. In fact, the azimuth plot (map view) of the well course is much more

sensitive to geologic changes than the deviation from the vertical.

 Note also, that a sudden departure from a well course may have a geological significance. Given that all

drilling parameters have been kept the same, this departure

may mean that a steeply dipping or foliated unit hat been

encountered. The tendency to depart from a more or less

straight well course increases if the newly encountered unit

is much harder (in drilling terms) than the overlying unit.

The wellsite geologist is not directly involved in the process

or supervision of the directional survey work, however,

should perform a quality control on the directional data in

the sense of a plausibility check:

  ! When drilling development wells, the gas/oil or 

oil/water contacts are known and can be used as

reference and subsurface depth datum.

  ! Compare the directional results with the directional

data obtained with a dipmeter log (see page 115).

But note, that the different accuracies of the two methods allow only a coarse plausibility check.

Formulasused in this situation need to consider the three dimensionality of the well course and the penetrated geology. In a plan-view situation, the following algorithms are applicable.

The first of the three equations is the bread & butter when sitting on a deviated well.

Page 99: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 99/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 99 Directional Drilling

Where TVD: is the true vertical depth of a deviated hole segment between the measured depth MDi and the

next measured depth point MDi+1

 NSD: is the displacement in north-south direction from the well zero, the surface point.

EWD: is the displacement in east-west direction.

" is the inclination angle, in degrees from the vertical

$ is the compass bearing in degrees, clockwise, zero is north.

i the n-th survey point (i=0 is the first survey point at surface)

Several algorithms are being used and are implemented in the various software available to the technicians.

The list of methods below increases from top to bottom in sophistication:

  ! The tangential or terminal angle method  assumes a constant deviation for the entire survey

interval until the next survey point is taken into consideration.

  !  The angle averaging method  uses the average between two survey points at either end of the

segment.

  ! The balanced tangential method is derived by placing the interval depths half way between theindividual survey points thus assuming that the deviation is constant in the interval around the

measured point.

  ! The radius of curvature method  approximates the well path as a circular arc in the vertical plane,

which is then wrapped around a vertical cylinder.

Of course, different methods will give - slightly - different results, but it is beyond the scope of this book 

to go into all the details of directional computations and surveying.

Another point of attention is the computer accuracy when carrying out several of such trigonometric

calculations. Computer accuracy of trigonometric functions is finite ! The consequential effect is that thesmall inherent error of such calculations may become quite important when a series of calculations is

summed. This problem should not arise from professional and tested programs or handheld calculators

which usually have a 15 digit accuracy. However, the problem of low computer accuracy may well be

relevant when home spun programming or programs of unknown orgin are employed.

Page 100: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 100/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 100 MWD, LWD

  27 MWD (Measurement While Drilling) and LWD (Logging While Drilling) have basically the same meaning: Parameters are

measured downhole while drilling. SCHLUMBERGER  and A NADRILL have coined the term LWD to promote downhole methods that

 parallel wireline logging as opposed to MWD which gives a surface read out of drilling related parameters such as downhole weight

on bit (DWOB) or directional information.

7.6. Real Time Logging (MWD, LWD)27

A technique that became available in the oil fields in the early eighties is the MWD. MWD tools are part

of the bottom hole assembly near the drilling bit. MWD tools can have sensors for resistivity, gamma

radiation, density, downhole torque etc. similar to wireline logging tools. Two concepts of MWD tools are

commonly available:

  ! Memory tools, that is MWD collars, that record the parameters in a solid state memory. The data

can be played back every time the collars are pulled, i.e. usually on a bit trip.

  ! Other tools have the capability to transmit the data to surface while drilling.

Most modern tools can operate in both modes, some selected parameters are transmitted to the surface,

other parameters are stored in the memory.

MWD tools provide the geologist with a display similar to wireline logs, which give an excellent tool for 

correlation with offset wells, a great help when selecting coring points. However, the sensors are severalfeet above the drilling bit. Thin layers may have been penetrated already by the time you analyze the log-

 plots. Furthermore, MWD is not cheap and therefore used only on wells where conventional mudlogging

techniques appear not sufficient.

For the drilling people the MWD may introduce limitations and sometimes even unwanted but necessary

re-arrangements of the bottom hole assembly.

7.6.1. Benefits and Drawbacks of Real Time Logging

Benefits of real-time logging, whether data are telemetered through the mud or stored downhole include:

  ! "Insurance" logging. Guaranteed data recovery, even if the well is lost or cannot be logged by

wireline. This applies of course only for MWD tools that can transmit the data in real time to the

surface unit.

  ! Real-time location of casing and coring points. This “real time” logging has a drawback as the

logging sensor are a few feet above the drilling bit. In cases of fast drilling and thin coring

objectives, the bit may be already through the objective to be cored before the downhole sensors

actually see the objective.

  ! Early reconnaissance of potential pay, particularly gas zones.

  ! R t determination while invasion is taking place - in effect, a dynamic R t. If several passes of 

resistivity measurements are recorded over the same zone, a time-invasion profile can be

constructed. For this purpose it is most desirable to re-record data over the zone of interest on

every bit trip made. The difference of the logs are affected mainly by the increasing mud filtrate

invasion over time.

  ! Improved statistical accuracy of nuclear measurements when ROP is 50 feet (15 meters) per hour 

or less (however, see comments below).

  ! Improved pore pressure estimates. (Compare with page 64.)

Page 101: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 101/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 101 MWD, LWD

  ! Integration of mudlog, cuttings and real-time log data on a single database. MWD data can be

stored on diskette in the same format as wireline log data and loaded into the same software

 packages for interpretation.

Drawbacks

  ! Cost: Real-time logging is expensive. The advantages outlined above must be carefully balanced

against the cost. Many small or shallow onshore operations will therefore not benefit from MWD

logging.

  ! The MWD tool in the BHA is a restriction for the mud flow and may limit some operations. The

MWD tool may plug if coarse LCM material is pumped through it. It also may pose a problem

if cement needs to be pumped through it. Drilling people often prefer not to run an MWD in the

drill string if the section to be drilled is prone for lost circulation.

  ! Depth control: MWD data are less accurate with respect to depth control than good wireline logdata. Assume that MWD data are affected by a non-systematic error of at least one foot - usually

more.

The data quality of MWD logs depends - amongst other parameters - on the ROP. MWD data are

transmitted or recorded in regular time intervals. Therefore, in times of fast drilling, less measurements are

taken per depth increment. If the drill rate exceds some about 100ft/hr the sample density can drop below

one sample per foot. As a consequence, the log becomes more spiky. This effect is particularly strong on

radioactive tools (neutron, density) which require a longer time to take a reading. Very often, a smoothing

filter is applied to the data to correct or compensate the overly active log trace. Depending on the situation,

this may be correct, however, in some situation some real, fine resolution data may be lost. The author 

recommends to leave any kind of smoothing, filtering or data shaping up to the people in the processingcenter in the town office of the MWD contractor. For the wellsite, it is sufficient to have the apparent

readings displayed properly.

  ! If MWD log data are very spiky or do not correlate properly, check if the log in question was

recorded over intervals with excessively fast drilling.

The MWD data transmission through the mud stream is a low frequency signal. The pulsations may

coincide with the pulsation from the mud pumps. If the two frequencies come near to each other, inform

the driller to speed up or slow down the mud pumps to avoid interference.

Page 102: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 102/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 102 Decision Making

  28 Good, reliable correlation is often only established by means of electrical logging. ROP plot and other methods are

usually not conclusive enough, except maybe, in carbonate areas, where beds can be correlated easily over tens of kilometers.

8. Decision Points in Drilling a Well 

That's why you are there: Contribute to the process of decision making. The wellsite geologist collects data

and contributes to decisions that may be necessary. It is rarely the case that the geologist makes a major 

decision by himself, he usually needs the consent of his supervisor in town or at least fo the company man

on location. However, the geologist is the skilled geological eye of the management and his opinion will be heard when it is required. Be ready to make your contribution by saying “ My recommendation is ...

because ....”.

8.1. Correlations and their Problems

The well program can be changed as new information becomes available. Is the well still drilling in the

formations forecasted for a given depth or is it deeper or higher relative to the forecast ? Did you get any

information back from the office in town if there was a change in program or if preliminary results change

the current interpretation drastically ?

  ! Report immediately to your supervisor in town if you find significant discrepancies between the"forecast" and the "actual" rocks drilled.

8.1.1. Faults

A fault may be the reason that the well prognosis does not agree with the formations actually encountered.

Or, there is a fault in the well program, however there is no indication of any fault when drilling.

  ! If you can establish correlation28 with nearby wells, normal faults are seen in the correlation as a

 part of the section missing. The well drills from the lower fault block through the fault into the

higher fault block.  ! Reverse faults manifest themselves as a part of the section drilled twice, repeated, normal faults

cut out a piece of section - an interval is missing.

A facies change, an unexpected change in lithology may be another reason to loose correlation. More

 problematical are volcanic interbeds, dikes, but also mineralized faults. Those lithologies are often mistaken

for basement because of their mineral content, although there is still a prospective sedimentary section

underneath.

8.1.2. Seismic Correlation

On rank wildcat wells, the only correlation may be provided by seismic in the form of seismic sections.

Without going into the details of seismic time depth conversion, it can be assumed for practical wellsite

 purposes, that the seismic forecast is accurate to about 50 meters absolute depth only. ( I am aware that

this statement will be challenged by geophysicists.)

Many exploration wells are targeted to markers identified in the seismic. The wellsite geologist is then

supposed, sometimes even pressed to find and identify those markers in the ditch cuttings under the

microscope, often an impossible exercise.

  ! As a rule of thumb, never expect a seismic marker to coincide with a lithology change unless there

is reliable information as to what this lithology change may be. Too many forced interpretations

Page 103: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 103/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 103 Decision Making

  29 The driller has the same or similar sensors reading torque and standpipe pressure and should have realized the situation

himself anyway.

consisting more of wishful thinking than of reflections and rocks have been seen. Describe only

what you see and don't let yourself box into an interpretation which is not warranted by the facts

seen.

8.2. Bit Selection

The selection of the right drilling bit is not  the job of the wellsite geologist, however on some well managed

and cooperatively spirited drilling operations, the company man might  consult the geologist. He may ask 

about lithology, hardness and abrasiveness of the hole section to be drilled next. Basic types and properties

of drilling bits are described on page 80ff.

Remember, that all drilling operations are optimized for cost, i.e. to drill the hole as cheap as possible. The

cost of a drilling bit is relatively small compared to the cost of rig time. A trip to change the bit is

unproductive time (no progress) and even an expensive bit can drill relatively cheap, provided in stays long

enough on bottom and makes reasonable progress.

! You should know that chert, concentrations of Pyrite, Anhydride can ruin or dull a drilling bit very

fast. Tell the company man if you expect such layers over the distance of the next bit run. Soft,

 plastic clays ( gumbo, in the drillers' jargon) need an other bit and different drilling parameters.

  ! Restrict your comments to the prognosed lithology only, by no means try to mix with the decision

making process of the company man or any driller.

 

The mudlogging unit monitors some of the drilling parameters. The mudloggers and the geologist would

therefore also be in the situation to comment on bit performance. It is recommended, however, to restrict

the geologist's comment only to critical situations, such as an abrupt change in torque possibly indicating

locked cones etc. or sudden changes in standpipe pressure indicating plugged nozzles or a washout

somewhere in the drill string. In these cases report immediately to the company man or the driller on the

rig floor 29.

8.3. Selecting Casing Points

Casing points are dependent on a number of aspects outside the responsibility of the wellsite geologist .

Firstly, the casing design and program is set up in the drilling program of the well. Not much can be

changed in the course of the drilling operation if someone finds out that the casing should be of a different

quality or should be set deeper if there is only a certain length of casing string available.

The geologist advises the company man about the top of a certain formation that may be defined as casingseat or the approach of an abnormally pressured zone (see page 63 ) that could warrant that the casing be

run earlier. He may advise also that the base of a problematical interval has been reached.

The idealcasing point is a formation that can take and hold maximum pressure without fracturing,

a shale or a tight limestone. When cementing the casing, the maximum hydrostatic head

of the cement slurry is at TD, and the density (and with it the pressure gradient) of cement is much greater 

than mud. If the formation might fracture under given pressures, more sophisticated cementing techniques

(like double stage cementing, light weight cement etc.) must be used. Furthermore, casing points are

selected in a way that troublesome intervals (swelling shales, salt, zones of mud loss etc.) are "cased away"

to permit normal drilling operations to continue.

Page 104: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 104/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 104 Decision Making

Consider for logging operations, that the logging tools cannot reach to the very last foot drilled. Some

sensors can be as far as 90 feet (ca. 30 meter) away from bottom. (See also page 107, for aspects of 

combining logging tools.) Therefore, request another hundred feet (ca. 30 meter) to be drilled, if any zone

of interest was penetrated near casing point. This "extra hole for the geologist" is sometimes called rat hole.

8.4. TD'ing the Well

Everythingcomes to an end, sometime. When the well has reached its target depth and  penetrated

the objectives described in the well proposal and/or drilling program drilling will stop

and the well will be plugged and abandoned or completed after running the final suite of wireline logs. This

appears to be simple,however, in many situation the process of decision making is more complicated,

 because further subsequent decisions as whether to run casing, to sidetrack or to run drill stem tests will

have to made. In any case, the wellsite geologist advises his supervisor in town whether to stop drilling

or not, but the decision is made in the office, best after consulting with the drilling department.

Go through these points:  ! Have all geological objectives which were defined in the geological well prognosis been

encountered ? If yes, the well may be stopped. Unless there is some exploratory thinking in the

office and some budget money yet to be spent. Some oil fields in this world have been discovered

 by drilling deeper than planned.

  ! Is there any reason to stop drilling before planned total depth (encountered economic basement)

? If so, are you sure and double sure that it is “basement”. Many wells have encountered volcanic

sills or volcaniclastic layers that had the appearence of basement. However, later phases of 

exploration have shown that there is more section and possibly even commercial reserves under 

the igneous layer. Don’t recommend to stop too early.

  ! Structurally shallow or deep to prognosis ?

! Target below field's oil-water contact ? If so, is there a wish to explore for a deeper pool or try

to recover a sample of the source rock that may be underneath the reservoir ?

  ! Technically impossible, unsafe or economically not feasible to continue drilling under given

circumstances ? Consult with the company man, safety and drilling matters are his responsibility

and - finally - his decision. In such a situation, drilling people have the last word.

  ! A well may be TD'ed because porosities encountered and extrapolated may be too low to expect

a commercial reservoir. But then again, such assumptions are based on the extrapolation of a

single porosity-depth relationship. Furthermore, oil reservoirs are anaomalies and can also be porosity anomalies.

  ! The maturity of the expected or known source rock may be over the threshold under which oil or 

gas can be expected. For example, if thermal maturation, vitrinite reflectance, bottom hole

temperature or any other parameter indicates dry gas generation, it is useless to drill deeper to find

an oil accumulation. Exceptions are, of course, complicated geological situation such as thrust

 belts. Here, high grade maturity strata may have been thrusted over formations with a lower 

degree of thermal maturity.

What will happen after the well’s TD ? Plans for further action:

  ! Plug & abandon the well, because the were no zones of interest ? Or does the office want to seelogs over critical zones first and will then make a decision ? If so, how much time is there to make

a log interpretation. Who makes the interpretation (wellsite or town ?) and what data are

considered required and sufficient to make a decision ?

Page 105: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 105/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 105 Decision Making

  ! Set casing and run drill stem tests over zones of interest ? For safe practice, no drill-stem testing

is done in open, i.e. uncased hole. If the zone of interest is near TD and the open hole section

relatively short, packer may be set in casing and the hole tested barefoot .

  ! Sidetrack the well to a different, structurally higher subsurface target ?

  ! Change of the logging program ?

  ! Will the rig move to another location or be released ? Think of confidential data to be packed up

and sent to the office.

Page 106: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 106/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 106 Wireline Logging

  30 Some small American companies still insist on non-metric displays such as 1 foot = 1 inch (1/12) or similar follies.

If it moves, it worksand if it repeats,you can sell it

Slogan from a wireline

logging training school.

Figure 36: A View of a skid mounted logging unit (Atlas

Wireline).

O

9. Wireline Logging Supervision

It is the task of the wellsite geologist to supervise the openhole wireline logging

 program, unless a log analyst or petrophysicist is on location. This supervision

should safeguard optimum operation and data quality. The wellsite geologist is

usually present in the logging unit as long as the tool is in open hole. The oilcompany needs a report about the progress of the logging program (time used,

downtime, etc.) and the kind and quality of data produced, a comprehensive

wireline logging report.

Wireline logging, in the sense of this book and in the usual rig terminology includes also drillpipe conveyed

logging and sometimes even LWD logging (see page 100). For good reason: The tools used in drillpipe

conveyed logging are the same tools as used for wireline logging. Furthermore, priciples of tools used and,

to a degree, the tools themseves are identical in wireline logging and LWD (l ogging while d rilling).

Certain wireline logs or tools succh as cement

quality logs (CBL) are run only for drillingtechnical purposes and are therefore supervised

 by the drilling personnel on location. This

would apply for cement bond logs, back-off 

tools, junk basket and retainer runs.

Like with the mudlogging supervision (page 18)

you should familiarize yourself with the

equipment and its set up. Admittedly, only the

engineers will know the details of all the tools

and cartridges on location, but you as the

supervising geologist should have a good ideawhat is what and why things are done the way

they are done. Have a first look around:

  ! Is the installation and use of wireline equipment safe, tidy and clean ?

  ! Where are the storage containers for radioactive and explosive materials ?

  ! Do you have to be active in the process of reporting on radioactive and/or explosive stock, use,

inventory ?

In any case, get an inventory list of all explosive and radioactive substances. If possible make sure that

the reporting requirements towards the authorities have been fulfilled.

9.1. Preparations

Several days before the anticipated logging operation, you should familiarize yourself with the logging

 program, check with company base in town if there are any changes to the program. Find out what displays

and what scales are used or required by the company. The typical presentation would be in 1:200 and

1:500 scale. Other operators prefer 1:1000 scale displays30. On deviated holes one set of TVD (true

vertical depth) and one set of MD (measured depth) are usually required.

  ! Have a word with the representative of the logging company on the location. Are all

tools checked, calibrated and ready for the job? Ask him, if he is awaiting any

shipment from town or from his base, that may be essential for the coming job.

Page 107: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 107/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 107 Wireline Logging

  31Some tools should be as close as possible to the bore hole wall. Therefore a bow spring is attached to force the center line

of the tool off the center line of the bore hole.

  ! Ask the wireline engineer specifically for the availability of rarely used equipment on location,

even if there is only a small chance that it might be used at surface or run downhole.

  ! Ask and check (as far as possible) if the surface logging equipment is good shape. Ask 

 particularly if all software to run the tools and to do the planned wellsite processing is available.

Software for the more rarely used tools such as the full-wave-sonic, VSP, dipmeter processing,etc. might be not available.

  ! Ask, find out and note which version, which release of logging software is used. See page 125 for 

 possible complications.

Some of the usually troublesome items are listed below:

  ! Lubricator (wireline BOP) for wireline operations under pressure.

  ! Cable length. Can he cut off some cable from the drum and still continue logging operation to PTD

?

 !

High temperature gear. If you expect high temperatures, that is anything coming close to 320°Fto 350°F or above, check the temperature rating of every tool. Ask, if the explosives for sidewall

cores (and perforation, if necessary) are rated for given temperatures.

  ! Air guns and their accessories for the velocity survey (page 116).

  ! Find out if external logistic support is needed for certain logging operations. In particular some

VSP operations need a supply boat and precise radio navigation or differential GPS positioning.

  ! Tool pusher or TLC , a tool kit to run the logging tools on drill pipe (see page 110), if you are on

a deviated hole.

Discusswith the logging engineer the sequence of the individual logging runs and set up a program,

so that the most important tools, like resistivity, are run first and the least important tools

are run last. Sidewall cores are the last logging run because they may leave bullets or metal debris in the

hole, a problematical situation if other logging tools are run later.

Many tools can be combined on one string, however, there are restrictions:

  ! The tool string may become too long, so that the tools at the upper part of the string cannot see

zones of interest near the bottom of the hole. This distance can be as far as 100 feet (30m).

  ! The combined tool string is more prone to sticking and creating other downhole problems, if the

hole is in bad condition.

  ! Some tools such as the sonic or the induction tool must be run centralized31 whereas other ones

need to be decentralized, such a s the neutron tool in the hole. This is overcome with a knuckle joint, joining the centralized and excentralized part of the string, and a bow spring that holds the

decentralized tools agains the borehole wall. This configuration increases the risk of sticking but

may be technically necessary for a long string. As an alternative, shorten the string and make more

logging runs.

  ! In any case, let the engineer prepare a sketch of every tool string to be run. This sketch also part

of the final log presentation and be printed on film.

Page 108: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 108/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 108 Wireline Logging

  ! Prepare a time estimate as to how long the anticipated logging job may take. This is important for 

the drillers who may want to get their casing ready and also may want to use the quiet logging time

to do some rig maintenance.

  ! A second wireline engineer is required for logging operations in excess of 30 to 35 hours. Even

 better if there is a second man (or woman, as the case may be) to take over the job after 16 hours.Some logging contractors do not share this point of view and allow their logging engineers to work 

over 80 hours in a row. This is not safe ! This man will have to handle delicate substances

(explosives and radioactive). Sometimes the company man will decide to make a wiper trip (to

condition the hole - as it will appear on the reports) to give the logging engineer a few hours of 

rest. As the case may be, a second engineer to continue logging is cheaper and safer than any other 

 practice.

Supervisingthe logging is not enough. You have to report  and transmit at least part of the logging

results to the decision makers in the office. Modern technology and communication

techniques allow the transmission of digital log data straight from the wellsite to the company office.

  ! Make sure that the town office is aware of the timing of the next logging job. Find out if someone

is standing-by in the office or at home to receive the results and distribute them to the decision

makers.

  ! If data transmission is requested find out which communication path will be used, whether all

necessary modems are installed and operational, or if certain format standards for transmission are

necessary. You may even try a short test transmission before the actual logging job starts.

9.2. Depth Control

Which parameter is given free of charge by the logging contractor ? Answer: The depth (see also page 90).

To find the correct depth of the hole is not as easy as it may appear. For practical purposes the wellsite

geologist should be aware of the factors controlling the depth measurement. A table on this page

summarizes the possible errors of depth control.

  ! The best method of depth control is to find the casing shoe when going into the hole. Run a short

log across the casing shoe and pick the depth from the resistivity. The depth of the casing on the

logs shold be maximal 5 feet off from the nominal casing depth as calculated by the driller. The,

re-set the depth counter to the nominal casing depth and run to bottom.

On the way out, check the casing depth again on the main log. It should be the same, it may be

somewhat shallower if heavy tool sticking was occuring during the logging run.

If the logging engineer reaches deeper than the depth given by the driller something is likely to be wrong.

Request the re-measurement (strapping) of the drill pipe and  check if the depth control (zero setting and

correlation) is correct beyond any doubt.

If the drilled depth is deeper than the depth tagged by the logging tools, caving may be suspected. This

 becomes more likely if more and more bottom fill is encountered in consecutive logging runs, not

interrupted by hole conditioning operations.

Potential Depth Error at 10,000 ft / 3050 meters (after Theys, 1991)

meters Remarks

Elastic cable stretch 2.4

Inelastic stretch 1.8 Experienced on first run only

Page 109: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 109/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 109 Wireline Logging

O

Temperature 0.6 assuming 300°F BHT

Cable twisting 0.5...1.5 1 ft for each 50 turns

Measuring wheel 1.0...3.0

Sheave movements 0.6...1.0

Viscous drag 0.6...1.0

Error due to tool sticking up to 12 only if tool sticking occurs on the logging run

The table above gives some indications of depth errors that can be expected on a logging run.

9.3. When the Logging Job Starts

Before tripping out, i.e. when the mud is still circulating, catch a mud sample from the flowline. The mud

engineer should run a full mud check on this sample. Preserve the filter cake and filtrate for the loggingengineer. He will use this material to determine R m, R mf  and R mc at surface condition. This information is

of extreme relevance for the evaluation of the logs run.

Before the logging job starts, you should update your notebook with a number of data:

  ! Type of mud in the hole ? Does it contain Barite, Diesel oil, KCl, Mica ? Any of 

these materials have an effect on the logging results and may require correcting the

logs. Get the last mud check from the mud engineer (see also page 92).

  ! Hole size and condition. Note the hole size, depths of any tight spots, overpull, dog legs, etc. Is

it safe to run the holes to TD or wold it be better to stop at a certain depth to avoid sticking ? Are

there any porous zones that in the case of high mud weight might cause differential sticking of the

logging cable or tools ?

  ! Directional data, to generate a TVD playback (see also page 97).

  ! Casing data. Get the precise depth of the last casing shoe. On deep wells, this may need correction

for stretch (as the casing string is stretched out by its own weight) and on floating rigs a tide

correction may be applicable. Have a friendly word with the drilling engineer if the company man

does not answer to you.

  !  Note casing inside diameter (ID) and weight per foot, a parameter pertaining to wall thickness of 

the casing.

  ! Get the elevation of the rig floor, kelly bushing, water depth and the actual final depth of the hole

 prior to logging.

  ! Get the present depth of the well. Check with the driller or company man, if the drill pipe was

measured stand-by-stand on the last trip out. On floating rigs, you should ask if a tide correction

has been applied. This background information gives you a good clue as to how precise you can

expect to hit TD when logging.

  ! On floating rigs, the depth reference is taken from the nominal depth of the first casing string. All

subsequent logs will tie into the GR of the previous logging job. For example, the depth referencefor the first log of the 8 1/2" hole section is the first descent of the 12 1/4" hole section.

Page 110: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 110/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 110 Wireline Logging

  32  Drill pipe conveyed logging, SCHLUMBERGER   calls this technique TLC, meaning tough logging conditions,

GEARHART/HALLIBURTON'S' trademark is Toolpusher.

  ! From the mudloggers you will get the reading of the last MTO (mud temperature out) and the total

circulation time, that is the number of hours since the last trip, including wiper trips, circulating

samples up, etc. Note, that a long riser on marine operations can cool the mud significantly. You

need the MTO and the average surface or sea bottom temperature later to correct the log

temperatures for static bottom hole temperatures (BHT).

  !  Note down the time, when the rig floor was free for the logging company to rig up (check with the

company man as to what he puts down on his report) and the time, when the first tool passed

through the rotary table.

You should also have available a copy of the mudlog and/or the master log. If a MWD log was recorded,

you should have a copy. When logging, you will "read" the available logs against the wireline logs being

acquired.

9.4. Hole Problems while Logging

Logging in open hole may be affected by a number of problems. Most bothersome are sticky hole

conditions. Inform the company man as soon as you see some overpull on the logging cable.

  !  Do not stop the cable but keep on moving up and down ("yo-yo") until you get free or find another 

solution. If you suspect bad (sticky) hole conditions or if you had overpull or sticky experiences

on the previous tool run, inform the company man and request a wiper trip to condition the hole.

Many logging tools can be run on drill pipe32. This is common practice on deviated and horizontal

development wells, where the logging tool string would not go to the bottom of the well by its own weight.

Depending on the hole conditions and the tools used, the maximum deviation angle that can be logged with

conventional wireline methods is between 50° and 60°.

9.5. The First Run

The first set of logging tools going into the hole is the resistivity (Laterolog or Induction type), combined

with a sonic log, a gamma ray log, a caliper and an SP. This combination gives the most valuable

information. Even if the hole is lost after this logging run, the basic data would be sufficient (but not

 perfect) to calculate Sw and N , the most important parameters. Some general log checks are applicable for 

this tool string (see the following chapters for specific tool checks):

  ! Casing shoe. When going down, check if you find the end of the casing where it should be. Note

discrepancies. Make a GR correlation with the formation logged previously (i.e. behind the casing).Apply depth correction if necessary.

  ! Watch the tension indicator and note the weight of the tool plus the free cable.

  ! Check if the casing ID is correct (caliper).

  ! Check if the sonic reads a correct 57 µs/ft (for steel) inside the casing.

  ! Stop for at least one minute in open hole and see if the SP reading stays constant or if it is drifting.

  ! Check if you reach TD where it should be. This is indicated only by a small reduction of weight

on the tension indicator. If the tools hit bottom earlier than expected, think if there is a fill

(cavings) on bottom or if your depth setting may be wrong. Tidal variations may be another 

explanation (floating rigs only). Check also if the drilling crew has changed anything on the heave

compensator.

Page 111: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 111/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 111 Wireline Logging

  33 This summary does not refer to the individual tool names used by the wireline logging companies. It is in any casesuggested that you go through the technical books of the logging companies or refer to independent publications.

34The API units are arbitrary units, whereby 100 API are the GR reading generated by an "average Mid-Continent Shale"

as defined in a test well in the United States.

  !  Repeat section. Select an interval, preferably over zones of interest to record a repeat section.

Check if the repeatability of the tools is plausible (See comments for the individual tools on the

following pages).

  ! When the tool comes back out through the rotary table, see if the depth indicator passes zero (tool

zero is usually set to the lower end of the tool string).

Compare the logging data on the screen immediately with logs available, such as with the mudlog or any

MWD data (if available).

 

9.6. Detailed Log Checks

The checks included below are intended to sort out some of the common problems encountered in wireline

logging33. They are by far not as comprehensive as those which a log analyst at the wellsite might

investigate and cover only a small selection of typical openhole logs. The world of cased hole and

 production logging is outside the sphere of wellsite geology.

9.6.1. Gamma Ray Log

Principle: Scintillometric measurement of natural formation radioactivity.

Uses: Definition of bed boundaries, correlation, indicator of shale and zonation of sand

and shale.

Checks : !  Near-zero API34 counts are uncommon except in massive evaporite sequences.

(Check with sonic in questionable evaporite sections.)

  ! Repeat sections may not repeat perfectly due to the statistical variation in gamma

ray radiation.

  ! Readings are affected by the logging speed (more scatter, less repeatability).

  ! Readings are reduced by barite in the mud system.

  ! Readings are increased in KCl mud systems and in mud that contains mica (both

due to potassium content). If a KCl system is used, the log header should have

a comment entry stating concentration of KCl and correction algorithm used, if 

any.

Display : Usually 0 - 100 API or 0-200 API, linear, left track.

Comment : The GR is a fairly reliable tool, not many problems are expected.

9.6.2. Gamma Spectroscopy

Principle : Measuring gamma ray energies in different parts of the gamma ray spectrumwhich can be related to different radioactive decay series.

Uses : Mineral and in particular clay mineral identification, help for interpretation of 

sedimentary environment.

Display : The gamma spectroscopy is can be displayed as ratio-plot on a separate film with

four tracks: Thorium [ppm], Uranium [ppm] and Potassium [%]. The left track 

of the display shows total GR and Uranium-free GR. The calculated GR can be

merged into the usual GR display (see page 111).

Page 112: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 112/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 112 Wireline Logging

9.6.3. SP (Spontaneous Potential)

Principle : Measurement of formation electrical potential.

Uses : Calculation of formation water salinity R  w at given R mf  and given temperature.

Correlation tool.

Checks : ! Check stability with static logging tool (see page 110).  ! If formation water salinity and mud filtrate salinity are close, the SP curve may

 be flat, without characteristic.

  ! The SP is very sensitive to electric potentials created technically on the rig. Check 

if the cathodic protection is switched off. Cathodic protection is an electrical

 potential applied artificially to the body of marine rigs to decrease corrosion

induced by the contact of steel and seawater.

Sharp spikes indicate, that electric welding is going on.

Display : Usually 10 mV per division, linear, left track, together with the GR. Note that the

SP is no "absolute value", SP reading from different logging runs rarely line up

and need therefore to be shifted to tie.

Potential Problems:  Magnetism  appears as regular cyclic disturbance. The wavelength of thedisturbance is exactly the length of the cable drum circumference, about 5 meters.

The disturbance disappears when the cable stops and is generated by one or 

several parts of the unit or truck transmission that are magnetized. To get rid of 

it, the logging cable and its drum must be demagnetized in the shop. Sometimes

it may also be necessary to demagnetize the chain linking the logging unit engine

and drum separately.

 Bimetallism: In some cases, a DC potential is superimposed on the SP curve. It

is generated when two distinct metals are in contact with an electrolytic solution

(mud, sea water) and form a battery. The noise is reduced when the metallic parts

are identified and insulated.

Telluric currents: Naturally occurring earth currents are induced by solar activity

and usually subside at night, except for the Northern Lights. Telluric currents are

observed on the SP track as slow, random drift. The cure is to run a differential

SP with a downhole return electrode.

Random electrical disturbances: are caused by an electrical anomaly around the

ground return electrode. Electric weldic, generators, etc. are often the cause.

Cable noise  is caused by the making and breaking of the bimetallic cell

constituted by the cable armour and the casing. The cure is to put the fish at some

distance from the rig and to prevent the cable from rubbing against any metal

(rotary table, etc.)

Comment : The SP is usually given free of charge by the wireline logging company.

The SP can give you some information and a lot of headache. Don't worry too

much. It is a give-away.

9.6.4. Sonic Logging

Principle : Measurement of acoustic travel time (based on the identification of the first

arrival of the acoustic signal).

Uses : Porosity indication. Overpressure / undercompaction indicator.

 Needed for the correlation to seismic and to generate synthetic seismograms.

Correlation.

Checks : ! Sonic must read 57 :s/ft in the casing () t of steel).

  ! Maximum reading 185-189 :s/ft, that is the sonic travel time in water or mud.If the sonic tool records a more or less straight line around this value it is reading

mud only.

Page 113: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 113/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 113 Wireline Logging

  ! Watch for spikes (cycle skips, noise trigger, see below) on the log. Slow down

logging speed if you have more than one or two spikes per 200 feet (50 meter).

Display : Usually linear, 40 - 140 :s/ft scale, integrated travel time marked as "pips" in the

depth track. Near surface and in unconsolidated formation a display of 90-190

or 40-240 :s/ft may be more convenient.

Potential Problems :  Noise triggering  and cycle skipping  : If the sonic travel times are very slow or the received signal is very weak, the sonic tool will accept the first break of any

random noise as the sonic signal and calculate the travel time time accordingly.

These "mistakes" show on the log as sharp spikes to the  fast  side of the sonic

track if the erroneous first break pick was earlier than the actual first arrival. If 

the first break is detected late, relative to the expected arrival, the error will show

as a sharp spike to the slow side of the track.

To cure the problems described above, slow down logging speed. If this does not

help and if time allows, pull out and change the configuration of bow springs and

stand-offs that may be attached to the logging tool string.

Comment : The sonic is a very reliable tool and not very sensitive to bore hole or electrical

disturbances. It should be combined with the first tool string going into the holeto have at least one porosity indicator.

9.6.5. Full Waveform Sonic

Principle : Recording of the full wave train of the sonic signal (as opposed to the first

arrival).

Uses : Processing, extraction of compressional, shear and Stoneley ) t can be used for 

fracture detection, rock elastic properties and even indicate permeability from

STONELEY wave attenuation.

Display : Wellsite display like a conventional sonic log. Check with your supervisor or the

 petrophysicist in charge if any wellsite processing is required.

Comment : The Full Waveform Sonic records large volumes of digital data. This is usually

too much (i.e. too expensive and time consuming) for digital data transmission

(see page 108).

Page 114: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 114/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 114 Wireline Logging

  35 The reader is referred to the technical manual of the wireline companies. It is beyond the scope of this publication to go

into the details of the design specifics of the logging tools.

  36 COMPTON scatter effect

Figure 37: Log presentation (main log) of the Dua l I nduct ion Log(SCHLUMBERGER).

9.6.6. Resistivity Logging

A huge number of different logging tools35 have been designed

to measure the specific resistivity (or conductivity) of the

formation. They differ in their depth of investigation and their 

resolution, may be focussed or not, but in any case, they are based on the two basic principles following :

Principles: OHM's law. A voltage is applied to the formation and

the resulting current measured. The specific resistivity is

derived. Best results of this tool type in situations where the

formation resistivity is high, compared to the mud resistivity.

Induction principle. An electric field is induced in the formation.

By measuring this field, formation conductivity (and resistivity)

can be derived. Tools based on this principle are run mainly infreshwater or oil based mud and/or in situations, where the

formation resistivity is much lower than the mud resistivity.

Uses : The resistivity tools are run to give an

answer about the fluid content of the

 pore space of the formation. They are

the tools to see, if there is oil (or gas) in your well or not. With the application of 

more sophisticated algorithms, the diameter of the flushed zone around the bore

hole, the permeability, etc. and other secondary parameters can be calculated.

Checks : Run repeat section over the zones of interest, the potential pay zone. The

repeatability should be near perfect for the deep resistivity tools. because the

resistivity tools are not affected by statistical variations like the radioactive tools.

The shallow resistivity tools may show some variation as a consequence of hole

rugosity and tool rotation which makes it impossible to re-run exactly the same

inch of the bore hole wall.

Presentation : Logarithmic, usually 0.2 - 200 S m, right track or, middle track on merged

 presentations, when the right track is used to display sonic or neutron/density.

Comment : Resistivity tools give direct indication of hydrocarbons. Remembering, that most

wells are drilled to find or produce hydrocarbons, every possible effort must be

made to collect proper resistivity logs.

9.6.7. Density Log

Principle : Measurement of energy loss between a radioactive-emitting source and return of 

gamma rays36 the detector. The loss of energy is by collision of gamma rays with

electrons in the formation, the electron density being directly proportional to the

 bulk density of the formation.

Page 115: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 115/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 115 Wireline Logging

Uses : Evaluation of formation density, porosity, shale content and lithology

identification. The density log is also required to calculate a synthetic seismogram

using the sonic log.

Checks : Repeatability should be within 0.05 g/cm3, except a in washed out hole.

The ) D (delta rho) should be mainly positive except in dense baritic muds or over 

gas zones. Consistent offset or drift above zero is suspicious.Comment : The density sonde is a "pad-tool" and therefore sensitive to rugose bore hole wall

and mud cake. Thick mud cake, in particular when it contains barite or hematite

(both dense substances), will affect the D reading.

Display : Together with neutron-porosity (see below) in units of g/cm3. Some companies

like to display the density log in porosity units relative to the selected matrix For 

limestone matrix D = 2.71 g/cm3, for sandstone matrix D = 2.65 g/cm3..

9.6.8. Neutron Log

Principle : A neutron source bombards the formation and the resultant scattering and neutrondeceleration depend largely on the formation hydrogen content (that is a straight

relationship to formation water or hydrocarbon content). Epithermal neutrons are

detected.

Uses : For porosity evaluation, in fact, the neutron log is the most reliable porosity log.

Direct indication of gas in the formation. In combination with other tools it is

used for lithology identification and evaluation of shale content.

Comment : The neutron sonde contains a radio nuclide emitting neutrons. This substance is

dangerous. Safe handling practice is necessary at surface. Fishing operations for 

stuck neutron and density tool string are extremely tedious. Radioactive

contamination of the whole mud system may be one of the extreme consequences.

Make sure the company man and the safety officer on the rig are fully aware of 

this problem before you embark on fishing operations for radioactive tools.

Display : Linear scale, together with the density. Porosity units or percent.

9.6.9. Dipmeter Log

Principle : Comparing the depth shift of four or more microresistivity curves recorded by a

multi-arm pad tool.

Uses : Determination of structural (tectonic) and sedimentary dip. Facies interpretation.

Fracture identification. Also as high resolution resistivity tool (can replace MSFL

type tools in log processing).

Secondary : Directional data (with limitations) and calculation of hole volume for cementing.Checks : Individual traces should be identical and slightly shifted. Statistical noise on all

 pads usually indicates poor hole conditions and/or poor pad contact to the bore

hole wall. On deviated wells, statistical noise on one pad means that the tool's arm

does not reach the upper side of the bore hole. Centralizing rubber finns might

cure the problem, provided the pad contact force is strong enough. All efforts

must be made to overcome this "floating-arm-problem" because it cannot be

cured by any processing afterwards, even more, it renders the data acquired close

to useless.

Display : The wellsite presentation is usually only a record of the resistivity traces.

Processing is necessary to turn the log curves into meaningful tadpole displays

to reveal dips. The hole volume is calculated and printed at the log header.Comment : Dipmeter data recorded on digital tape are voluminous. They are usually only

handcarried to town as the data transmission would take too long. Furthermore,

Page 116: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 116/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 116 Wireline Logging

Figure 38: Four examples of the more common signal quality

 problems frequently seen in VSP and checkshot acquisition.

most of the "decision making" for completion etc. is based on the results of other 

logs, rather than on the dipmeter, which is strictly a geological tool.

9.6.10. Velocity Surveys, VSP, Well Seismic

Principle : An acoustic noise signal is generated at the surface (usually with an air gun, rarely with

explosives) and the first arrival, the full wave train or even the full wave train in three

axes' direction is recorded with a downhole receiver. Air guns, which are easy to handle,

are also used onshore. In this case a pool of about 2 meters depth has to be excavated and

the source is submerged into the pool.

Uses : Tie-in from the well to seismic

lines, calibration of synthetic

seismograms.

Level selection :

Select the levels (depths) of recording, unless the geophysicist

in town will do this for you. The

typical spacing is about ½ wave

length. Assume a central

frequency of 70 to 90 Hz

(decreasing with depth).

Logically spacing will be

increasingly wider with depth (as

a function of increasing interval

velocity).

You can work this out from the

IIT ticks (“pips”) of the sonic log. If time is pressing just use a fixed interval of about 75

feet. Check the caliper log at every recording level. If the hole is out of gauge and you

suspect poor acoustic coupling, then move the recording level by about 5 feet. If any

 possible, locate a recording level near , but below a point of strong velocity contrast. It is

advisable to stay about 5 feet away from the acoustic impedance boundary.

Checks :

  ! The repeatability of the first break (first arrival) at a given depth should be ± 1 ms. The

frequency spectra of the gun should not change from shot to shot. If more than one gun

is used, tune the shot signal by changing the delay of individual guns so that the resulting

total signal comes closest to a sharp minimum-phase wavelet. Check for repeatability.

  ! Plot travel time versus depth and the energy received at the tool (in dB or mV, whatever)

against depth. Watch the signal strength and the travel time over sections where the hole

is oversized, washed out. Check if there is a time warp indicating an anomaly.

  ! See also how the signal looks. Is it a clear first break (though maybe weak) or is it mixed

with a high frequency ringing  typical casing first arrivals.

  ! When shooting, observe background noise. Engine noise, wind and waves can contribute,

however, are negligible if the source-receiver system is ideal. The best instant quality

criterion is a clear and repeatable signal and first arrival of signal.

  !  Note sea-level variations (tide diagram) on marine operations. Compare calculated interval

velocities with integrated velocities from the sonic log (see page 116).

Page 117: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 117/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 117 Wireline Logging

  37 RFT, Repeat Formation Tester, a trademark of SCHLUMBERGER, SFT is a trademark of HALLIBURTONLOGGINGSERVICES

Figure 39: Wireline testing tool(RFT) in open position.

  ! Check the gun(s) while shooting: Look outside once every few shots if the gun is still in

 position or if a stupid crane operator has moved it. Some few meters shift to the side,

however, is not critical. Check also if the gun is leaking. Bubbles in between the shots may

indicate a leaking gun and consequently a changed signal (different strength and frequency

content).

Display : Wellsite display is the stacked wave train of every recording level and a time-depth graph.

Make sure that the scale and display conventions are the same as on the seismic displays

commonly used by you company in this area. Positive display polarity means that a

compressional wave gives a white trough, negative display polarity gives a black peak (a

 black shaded area under the wiggle trace). Check the display polarity at lithology breaks

or sea bottom.

Comments : Check with the geophysicist in charge what he really wants. Sometimes it is required to

record in open hole, other surveys can be recorded in casing. Recording in casing may

change the frequency spectrum, surveys (different runs) in open hole and in casing may

therefore not be compatible. The number of levels to be recorded, the source (or sourcearray), the shooting geometry and many other recording parameters including quality

control parameters depend on the actual purpose and application of the velocity survey

and on the ideas of the geophysicist.

Logistical : Find out the set-up for the velocity survey. Sometimes a walk-away or offset VSP is

recorded, which may require logistical preparations, such as setting up geodetic survey

stations, drilling or digging a hole for the air gun(s) or having a boat with radio-

 positioning equipment at location.

 Note also, that the velocity survey may be contracted to another company, but the wireline

logging company. In this case only the cable of the wireline contractor is used, downhole

tool and surface equipment are provided by the geophysical contractor.

9.6.11. Wireline Formation Testing (RFT, SFT37)

Principle : A probe is pressed to the bore hole wall and a pressure gauge records the formation fluid

 pressure. Formation fluid samples can be recovered.

Uses : Measurement of formation pore pressure. Determination

of permeability based on the pressure build-up.

Recovering a formation fluid sample. This can be gas,

oil or water. If water is recovered, the water resistivity

(R w) gives a direct measurement for the log

interpretation. The RFT is the tool for the petroleum

engineer.

Checks : Calculate the hydrostatic pressure of the mud at a given

depth. Use the correct parameters, that is true vertical

depth and actual fluid level. Subtract the distance of the

rotary table to the flowline from the TVD. The

hydrostatic pressure measured at a given depth should

 be correct by about ±3 psi. Allow some time for the

 pressure gauge to compensate for the bore hole

temperature after running in.

Page 118: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 118/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 118 Wireline Logging

Figure 4 : Parts and options of the SFT tool (Halliburton).

  ! Depth control: Do not expect to "shoot" thin layers. The depth control, even after the most

 perfect correlation is not better than about one meter (three feet). The depth control of 

subsequent pressure readings is even worse because some of the accuracy is lost every

time the cable is slacked and pulled again. Particular bad influence is experienced when

the tool is sticking and has to be pulled free. (See page 108 for more details about depth

control.)

  ! Temperature stabilization: All tools require time to warm up to downhole temperature.

For this reason, formation tests are usually carried out taking the topmost reading first and

then working deeper. With this method the time required for adapting to formation

temperature is minimized. If the pre- and after survey hydrostatic readings do not agree

 by 1 psi, then it can be assumed that the tool is still warming up or cooling down.

  ! Pressure readings take time. The lower the permeability of the formation, the longer the

time. If in doubt, wait another five minutes while the pressure is stabilizing before

instructing the wireline engineer to retract the tool. Ideally, the pressure should be

stabilized to 1 psi/minute. However, if the tool is sitting in an absolutely tight formation,interrupt the test right away. Waiting costs time, precious rig time. Interrupting the

 pressure build-up too early may result in useless data and  lost rig time. Moreover, the log

has your name on it, so make sure its good data.

If a gas or water sample is recovered, make the following checks immediately at the wellsite :

  ! Water salinity and resistivity. The mud engineer should make a chloride (Cl-) analysis.

Then take a resistivity reading with the resistivity meter used by the logging company to

determine R mf .

  ! Gas composition analysis. Use a gas bladder to transfer the gas to the mudlogging unit.

Use a syringe to inject the gas into the chromatograph.

Comment : Have sample containers ready to collect gas, oil or water for detailed analysis in town. If 

a tracer (page 95) was carried in the mud, get a quantitative analysis. Estimate the ratio

of formation water and mud filtrate. Try to calculate the water resistivity (R w) of 

uncontaminated formation water.

The RFT tool is stationary and anchored in the borehole for several minutes, if not hours. This increases

the risk of sticking the tool.

Page 119: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 119/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 119 Wireline Logging

  ! If in doubt about the hole condition, talk to the company man and explain in detail what the RFT

 programme will be like, how many levels will be tested, etc. and get his endorsement for the

 programme.

9.6.12. Sidewall Cores

The sidewall coring is usually the last run of a logging suite at a given depth. It is the responsibility of the

wellsite geologist to select the levels for sidewall cores. Sidewall cores are taken for various different

 purposes:

  ! Shales / claystones for paleontological purposes (age dating).

  ! Shales / claystones and coals for geochemical purposes (source rock and maturity studies).

  ! Reservoir intervals to check fluid content (shows?).

  ! Reservoir intervals to determinate reservoir properties like porosity and permeabilit. The data

quality of reservoir parameters from sidewall cores is usually much inferior to full-bore cores,

however, in some situations, sidewall cores will be taken and analyzed.  ! Anywhere for "rock-typing", that means to recover cores over intervals with obscure lithologies

or exotic mineral content to assist the petrophysicist with his interpretation.

Select the levels for the sidewall cores on a 1:200 scale log. Use the caliper log and watch for washouts in

the hole. Be aware that the logging engineer can select bullets with different penetration depths for soft and

hard formations, and that he can adjust within certain limits for over gauge hole size.

 

!  Note the expected maximum bottom hole temperature (BHTmax) during the SWC sample log run.

The common explosives are rated to 280°F for one hour. If you go for higher temperatures, special

high temperature charges have to be used. List the requested sampling levels on paper, note hole

size and expected lithology, and give it to the wireline engineer.

  ! When the sidewall core gun is loaded and above the rotary table, absolute radio silence is required

for safety reasons. Radio frequencies, and even more, arc welding or thunderstorms may in severe

cases fire the explosives in the sidewall core gun. It is not your job to inform the radio operator,

safety engineer or company man, but for good practice you should check and make sure that the

logging engineer has reported properly. If not, tell the company man. Radio communication may

resume when the gun is below mud line.

  ! The wellsite geologist must  supervise at least the depth correlation of the sidewall core gun with

 previous logs. Request a film, not a paper copy of the correlation GR and do not hesitate to request

another correlation run or interval from the engineer, if you are not positive about the correlation.

The GR tool running with the sidewall core gun is less sensitive than the "normal" GR loggingtools. Look for peaks, troughs and patterns for correlation purposes.

If the correlation does not fit, do not take any "sales talk" about cable stretch, tide motion or moon

 phases from the engineer. Find out what is wrong and make another correlation, best over another 

section of the hole.

  ! When shooting, watch the tension indicator. Good recoveries show a medium tension when pulled

free. Heavy pull indicates that the bullet will be lost. Note down the maximum pull on line or 

request this on a report from the wireline engineer.

  ! When the gun comes to surface count the bullets lost in the hole. If bullets were left in the hole,

the company man may want to clean the hole with a wiper trip, a junk mill or a magnet, beforeresuming drilling. If casing will be run, a wiper trip will be made in any case to clean and condition

the hole.

Page 120: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 120/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 120 Wireline Logging

Figure 41: Log presentation.

  ! The wellsite geologist should witness the transfer of the core samples from the bullets to the

sample jars. Mix-up can easily happen at this point. Insist that the bottles be labelled, not the lid ,

Otherwise nobody will know what is in the jar when the lid was taken off. The marking should

include well name, depth and core number.

  ! Some companies require that potential source rock lithologies and sidewall cores with oil shows be packed with cling wrap and aluminum foil  and maybe also sealed with wax before packaging.

This is considered good practise. It keeps the sample material physically together during transport

and minimizes evaporation of formation fluids.

The description of the sidewall core material follows the usual procedure of sample description (see page

51). This description may be a report by itself, it also can be combined and

merged with the daily geological report.

  ! Be aware that some samples may recover only thick mud cake,

which appears like soft, plastic clay.

If special analysis (geochem, paleo, poroperm etc.) are planned for the

sidewall cores, it is appreciated if the wellsite geologist makes a pre-selection

of samples for the various analysis. Note on your description sheet which

cores are particularly apt for certain analysis. Shales for palynology, dark 

shaly lithologies for geochemical purposes and unbroken samples of reservoir 

lithologies for porosity and permeability determination.

9.7. Log Presentation and Quality Control

The detailed quality log quality control is a wide field and beyond the scope

of wellsite geological operations. This is a filed for the petrophysical

specialst. However, even with the restricted time and facilities at the wellsite,

a minimum QC must  be done. Although this is a tedious and rarely fruitful

 job, it prevents the dissemination of low quality or faulty data. Some QC

checks have also been incorporated into the logging tool description (page

111).

  ! Log header: Check every single entry for correctness and spelling.

Are the coordinates right, the depths (TD, casing shoe etc.) right ?

  ! Check the repeat section of every log. Is the depth matching

consistent, the repeatability reasonable ? The repeat section is anintegral part of the field log presentation.

  ! Check and double check the entries for mud resistivity, temperature

etc.

  ! Check the scales, the grid and the header of every track. Is the scale

on the header the same as on the log track ? Sometimes it isn’t.

  ! Cross check between the individual log traces and between different

tool runs if a depth shift is apparent. If so, investigate for reasons.

  ! If TVD logs are produced on deviated wells, the directional data

deserve special attention. The TVD log should also note, which

Page 121: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 121/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 121 Wireline Logging

directional data (MWD, gyro or multishot) have been used for the depth conversion.

Remarks Section:

  ! Operating engineers (and wellsite geologists) should not be afraid to add drilling circumstances or 

mud characteristics into the remarks section of the log film. Drilling conditions (for instance, BHAchanges) may directly impact logging data by the bias of hole condition. Mud parameters and

circulation timing are essential in the understanding of invasion, which affects most logs.

  ! The presence of barite, Kcl or mica in the mud. Has the log presented already been corrected for 

mica and potassium ? Which algorithm has been used for the correction ?

  ! Are all unusual events (e.g. tool sticking, change of logging speed) recorded in the remarks field.

If a tool was run in a different configuration than normal (e.g. centralized instead of excentralized),

it should be noted on the log.

9.8. Quick Look and Computer Based Log Evaluation

All modern logging units provide on-site data processing, quick-look methods to determine Sw, mineral

content, basic dipmeter processing, etc. It depends on the operating concepts of your company whether 

these services will be used. Some operating oil companies have their own log data processing center, other 

companies prefer the quick answers from the wellsite. The cost of the wellsite processing is another aspect.

By the time this text is written, virtually all wireline service companies can copy the log data or any

selection thereof onto diskette or transfer to a desk-top computer. With the help of inexpensive PC software

it is now possible to make a fairly comprehensive log analysis at the wellsite.

9.8.1. The R wa Check 

R wa the apparent water resisitivity of the formation water can be calculated when a porosity log is available.

Usually, the porosity is derived from the sonic log by assuming a matrix velocity. R wa  can then be

calculated in real time and displayed on the GR track, given an appropriate scale. The R wa value has not

much to do with the actual formation water resistivity, however, any excursion in the R wa can be interpreted

as the

  ! first indication for hydrocarbons

or   ! change in formation water resistivity indicating a formation change or - less probable - a

significant change in pore pressure.

In simple cases, R wa is equal to the water resistivity in a clean, water bearing zone.

whereby F, the formation factor is a function of porosity

Page 122: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 122/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 122 Interpretation

The R wa is also the first indication where to pick your first guess for R w - unless you are in a development

situation, where the water resitivities are known or you have a formation water sample. The latter can come

only from a RFT sample or from water byproduction during a DST.

9.8.2. Density - Neutron Logs

Large separation of the neutron-density curve (M D < M  N) is often indicative of a shaly zone. In known

areas, the changes in the known separation help to identify zones of marginal reservoir potential.

As the neutron tool is sensitive to the presence of hydrogen atoms in the formation it will also detect

hydrogen of hydrocarbons. The effect of liquid hydrocarbons is relatively small, the effect of gas, however,

is significant.

  ! If the neutron tool shows extremely high porosities without any similar response from the density

tool then the formation is gas bearing. This indication is usually more sensitive than the gas effect

on the resistivity logs and can be used as a very reliable indicator. Owing to the shape of thecurves, this gas effect is occasionally and for obvious reasons called "Dolly Parton Effect".

9.9. Money: Checking the Service Ticket

At the end of the logging job, you may be asked to sign a service ticket. (See page 8 for authorities.) With

your signature on this document you acknowledge that certain services have been rendered and you will

see an outlook on the expected cost. It is not an invoice and the figures may change, when this ticket is used

in town to generate the monthly or final invoice.

  !  Note on the service ticket any comment, that may have a bearing on the final cost (for example

"GR not working from ... to ..., should not be charged" etc.

It's even better to discuss critical issues with the wireline logging engineer at the location, before he makes

up the service ticket in order to solve the problem at the wellsite instead of bringing all problems to town.

In any case, it is suggested that you familiarize yourself with the  price list  of your wireline logging

contractor. If you don’t have one, get one from the office or from the logging contractor. Read all the small

comments and exceptions set out in footnotes. That is where the service company makes the money. It

takes quite a while to dig through all this legal and cotractual stuff, but it is very likely that you can save

some money for your company. Some supervisors appreciate that. Furthermore, it is a good way to get

an introduction to the economics of logging and drilling operations.

Computer spreadsheet programs are an excellent method to forecast and control the wireline logging cost.If you have the right tools available at location, you may even be in the situation to fine tune the logging

 program, maybe replacing one type of survey with another one that suits given conditions better. But in any

case, usually a change of the logging program needs authorization from your supervisor.

Wireline logging or formation evaluation is expensive. The comparison of formation evaluation cost with

other cost incurred gives you the right picture and will demonstrate that it makes no sense to save on a some

one dollar items in the mudlogging unit and then to throw out huge amounts for poorly designed logging

operations. Sometimes you will even have to educate your supervisor and give him the right picture, i.e.

cost figures when you are proposing any changes.

10. Data Integration and Interpretation at the Wellsite

Page 123: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 123/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 123 Interpretation

The time after completion of the logging operation is usually a quiet phase from a wellsite geological point

of view. Casing is run and cemented and BOP testing and changing may take up as much as two or three

days on deep wells. Time to do the homework and integrate the log data into the general geological

framework.

  ! Update your pressure worksheet (page 66).

  ! Relate the geology of the last section to seismic time. Find out where you are on the seismic section

 by updating you time/depth graph with the help of an integrated sonic log or check shots. Or use

the display from the VSP.

  ! Correlate logs with offset wells.

Record, document and interpret all your findings properly. This compilation may be a valuable contribution

to the final well report (see page 50).

10.1. Temperature Analysis

Based on circulation time, time elapsed since circulation stopped until the log tools reached bottom, and

with the use of chart books (a graphical solution of the HORNER   Equation) the static bottom hole

temperature is calculated. Compare the results with direct temperature measurements, if available. Integrate

with temperature data from DST's, if available. Plot temperatures against depth.

The resulting geothermal gradient graph is needed for geochemical (maturity) calculations and basin

modeling. Beside, the cementing people on the rig need the temperature data to design the right blend of 

retarding or accelerating additives to the cement slurry.

10.2. Tie to Seismic

Use the integration of the sonic log (counting the ITT ticks) to establish a seismic time depth graph or use

the velocity or VSP survey, if available, to tie into the seismic. Although it is not the responsibility of the

wellsite geologist to make seismic ties, you should have an idea, what section of seismic has been drilled,

how the reflectors relate to the observations of the drill cuttings (a relation, that is rarely established with

sufficient clarity on the wellsite) and which horizons are still ahead of the drilling bit.

 

Page 124: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 124/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 124 Computer

11. Computer, Electronics and Communication

Like it or not: Computers are a fact of life. Computers have made their way to the

wellsite and help in any branch of a drilling operation. The main areas of wellsite

geology, where computers are used are wireline logging and log interpretation,

mudlogging, in particular the database keeping of drilling and geological

 parameters, and the reporting systems. A geologist should have access to a

modern computer system at the wellsite. The future may bring networked

systems on the rig that allow the exchange of data and parameters between all

 parties working on the rig (the driller, the mud engineer, the geologist, the

directional driller, the mudloggers, etc.). Networked systems (wide area networks) and e-mail systems to

correspond with the town office are common.

11.1. Data Formats

The most significant problem in tape retrieval and diskette exchange is negotiating the maze of data, in particular tape formats. Sometimes, a data user attempts to decode data with a software incompatible with

the recording software (most of the time, recording software has many more features than the reading

software). It is therefore essential that the compatibility of recording and reading software is checked long

in advance.

The following tape formats are available :

  ! SCHLUMBERGER  LIS format.

  ! AMERICAN PETROLEUM I NSTITUTE (API), DLIS format.

  ! WESTERN ATLAS BIT format.

  ! WESTERN ATLAS EBIT format.  ! GEARHART DDL format.

11.1.1. The LIS Format

The Log Interpretation Standard (LIS) is a standard for the exchange of well log information. Not only

well log information, but also mudlogging data are exchanged and stored on LIS format tapes. Though it

generally relates to data encoded on magnetic tape, it can also be used to represent log data on any other 

storage support.

LIS distinguished three types of information associated with well logging:

  !  Data frame. It is a collection of sensor readings put in conjunction with an index value. The index

may be of two types:

  " For tapes recorded in the field, the index is recorded only once at the beginning of data

frames.

  " For tapes recorded with a computing center software, the first data channel of each frame

is dedicated to the index.

In the field tape, the sequence of data frames is preceded by the primary index set at the depth

where the log is started. The following data frames contain only data channels. With the computing

center software, the record starts directly with data frames. Each data frame contains a primary

index channel in addition to data channels.

  ! Transient information. It consists of the dialogue between the system and the logging engineer,

in addition to comments and messages.

Page 125: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 125/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 125 Computer

  38A market review made by Geobyte in 1991 showed already some 20 different log evaluation programs available commercially. Thisdoes not yet include the public domain share-ware and some home-spun software created by weekend programmers with various skills.

  ! Static information. It consists of the information about the logical structure of the reel or disk file.

They are used to describe how data frames are formatted.

11.1.2. The DLIS Format

When more complex logging tools were introduced, people handling log data were slowed by the limitations

of the existing tape formats. One of the major problems is the wide variety of data types (among others,

wave forms and arrays) and record length (from a few bits to several thousand bits). The existing formats

have difficulty handling variable sampling rates, which can eventually be recorded during the same logging

run.

The DLIS format has the following features:

  ! Ability to contain both standard and auxiliary logging data.

  ! Possibility to merge, splice and flip log data.

  ! Presentation of channels regardless of sampling rate and dynamic range.  ! Allowance for complex forms of data including arrays.

  ! Record of indefinite length.

  ! Textual data capabilities.

  ! Encryption capabilities.

11.2. Software

A coherent set of software programs on the logging unit needs to be used for a given logging job. All

calibration and logging phases should be covered with compatible software versions. For instance, if a tool

is calibrated with the June 1988 version, then logged with the January 1989 version, with an algorithmchange from September 1988, a systematic shift may appear on the data..

It is imperative that all changes in the constants during logging are reported along with the depth where they

were performed. These changes can have a disastrous effect on the value of data and only an in-depth

scrutiny of the print or field tape can detect them. As an example, all calibration parameters should be

frozen and the software should make their modifications on-the-fly during logging impossible or obvious.

In the event of a computer crash, the status and values of the logging constants should be noted before

restarting the operations. Such system crashes should be reported on the film.

There is a vast variety of PC-based log evaluation programs38 and as big is the variety of data formats

used. Their common denominator is the ASCII-format, the most simple and basic file structure. Others use

 proprietary formats without releasing any information about their structure. The message conveyed in this

chapter is very simple:

  ! Do not take for granted that computer stuff, hardware or software works. Test everything before

 you use it  in a mission critical situation. Compatibility does not mean that it really works under 

real conditions. So, whenever you have to rely on data transfer - try it out first. If it has not been

tested in all detail, do not use it on the wellsite.

Page 126: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 126/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 126 Computer

11.3. Data Media

The most common data media for small computers today is the 3½" diskette with 1.4Mb formatted

capacity. The older 5¼" data diskettes are rarely used anymore.. Keep sufficient stock of diskettes with you

when you go to the wellsite.

On big computers, such as the wireline logging unit, big reels of 9-track tape are increasingly replaced by

video-8 or DAT cartridges. Such cartridges are able to hold up to several gigabytes of data. One complete

logging run, often also including the "bulky" data like dipmeter or full wave sonic can fit onto one single

cartrige.

11.4. Data Transmission

Data transmission depends on people, software, modems and communication lines. That's about most of 

it. You will need somebody on the other end  of your communication link who can operate the receiving

computer. It is recommended that you establish personal contacts with your computer operator on the other end before your go to the wellsite. Also, get the home phone number.

Modems come in pairs - a sending modem and a receiving modem. Although the manufactureres claim that

their particular modem can communicate with any other modem - don't rely on it unless you have tested

the system personally. Two modems of the same brand work - usually - better together.

Communication lines can be ordinary phone lines (very often), dedicated data lines, VHF point-to-point

systems, dedicated satellite lines (such as the Inmarsat on many ships or floating rigs), SSB shortwave

radios; also any combination thereof.

 !

If you are preparing to transmit large volumes of data, you should consider to compress the datafile. Data compression programs are readily available and can compress file to less than a half of 

its original size. However, as many modems are also using some kind of compression algorithm,

transmission time is not speeded up any more because the compressed file cannot be further 

reduced.

Data compression is in any case useful to reduce file size of logging data copied onto diskette to be sent

to town or to the office overseas.

  ! Make sure that the receiver has a copy of the decompression software. If not certain, include one

on the first diskette and explain the method of operation in a short READ.ME file.

It needs to be tested and found out if a data compression gives a time advantage while using a high-speed

modem or not.

Page 127: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 127/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 127 Literature

Literature

ALLEN,  D., et al. (1989): Logging While Drilling. - in:

Oilfield Review 1, no.1 (April 1989), pp. 4-17.

ALMON, W.R. (1979): A geologic Appreciation of Shaly

sands. - SPWLA Twentiesth Annual Symposium, pp.WW1-14.

ALMON, W.R., DAVIES, D.K., (1981): Formation Damage

and the crystal Chemistry of Clays. - In: Clays and the

Resource Geologist, Longstaffle, F.J. (Ed.),  Mineral 

 Association of Canada, pp. 81 - 103.

API D9 Bulletin: Standard Format for Storing Digital Well

Log Data on Magnetic Tape. - May 1989.

ATLANTICR ICHFIELDI NDONESIA(1978): Geologist's Well-

Site Manual .- Atlantic Richfield (ARCO), Jakarta, August

1978, Unpublished.

BAIRD, S. (1986): Overpressure. - GEARHART GEODATA,

Document 1.10, Aberdeen, UK.

BIZANTI, M.S., R OBINSON, S.W. (1988): Transport Ratio

can Show Mud-Carrying Capacity.- Oil & Gas Journal ,

June 27, 1988, pp. 39-46.

BLACKBOURN, G.A. (1990): Core and Core Logging for 

Geologists. - Whittles Publishing Services, London 1990.

BOND, D., BROCK ,  N., CHAPMAN, G., LAY, K., WORMALD,

G., (1990) : Introduction of New Technology into Timor 

Sea Operations. - Burgess, T. (1990) : Horizontal DrillingComes of Age. - Oilfield Review, Vol. 2, No. 3, pp. 22-33,

Elsevier, Amsterdam - New York.

CLAVIER , C.G., DUMANOIR , J., (1977): The theoretical and

experimental Bases of the “Dual Water” Model for the

Interpretation of shaly Sands. - SPE Paper No. 6859.

E NGELDER , J.T. (1974): Cataclasis and the Generation of 

Fault Gouge. - Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., Vol. 85, pp. 1515 -

1522.

EXLOG  (1979): Field Geologist's Training Guide.-

 Exploration Logging Inc., Revision B August 1980,

Sacramento, USA.

FAGIN, A.R. (1994): Understanding MWD data acquisition

can improve Log Interpretation. - Oil & Gas Journal , Feb

14, 1994.

FONTENOT, J.E., VIKRAM R AO, M., (1988): MWD Aids

Vital Drilling Decisions. - Oil & Gas Journal , March 14,

1988, pp. 60-65.

GRAVES, W., (1986): Bit-Generated Rock Textures and

Their Effect on Evaluation of Lithology, Porosity and

Shows in Drill-Cutting Samples. -  Bull. Am. Ass. Petr.

Geol ., v. 70, 9, (September 1986), pp. 1129-1135.

GRIM,  R.E.: (1968): Clay Mineralogy. - McGraw-Hill,

 New York.

I NGRAM, B., MORGAN, R., (1989): The Development and

Status of the Mesozoic Palynostratigraphy of the North

West Shelf, Australia. - In: Purcell, P.G., & R.R., (Eds.):

The North West Shelf, Australia: Proceedings of 

 Petroleum Exploration Society, Australia Symposium,

 Perth, 1988.

HAWORTH,  J.H.,  SELLENS,  M.,  WHITTAKER ,  A., (1985):

Interpretation of Hydrocarbon Shows Using Light (C1 - C5)

Hydrocarbon Gases from Mud-Log Data. - Bull. Am. Ass.

 Petr. Geol ., v. 69, 8, (August 1985), pp. 1305-1310.

K ULANDER ,  B.R.,  DEAN,  S.L.,  WARD,  B.J., (1990):

Fractured Core Analysis: Interpretation, Logging, and Use

of Natural and Induced Fractures in Core. - AAPG Spec.

 Publ., Methods in Exploration Series, No. 8, 88p.

LASSERRE,  D. (1990): Formation Evaluation in Highly-

Deviated long reach Development on the North Rankin

Gas Field, NW Shelf, Australia. -  Austral. Petrol Expl.

 Assoc. Journal, Vol.30, Part 1, pp. 310-318, APEA

Conference Darwin 17.-20. June 1990.

LORENZ,  J.C., (1991): Subsurface Fracture Spacing:

Comaprison of Inferences from slant/horizontal Core and

vertical Core in Mesaverde Reservoirs. - SPE Paper No.

21877, 16p.

MASTIN,  L. (1988): Effect of Borehole Deviation on

Breakout Orientations. - Jour. Geophys. Res., Vol. 93, No.

B-8, pp. 9187 - 9195.

MCPHATER ,  D.,  MACTIERNAN,  B., (1983): Well-SiteGeologist's Handbook. -  McKinlay-Smith Int.'l Ltd.,

 PennWell Publishing Company, Tulsa, Oklahoma.

MORTON-THOMPSON,  D,  AND WOODS,  A.M. (Editors)

(1992): Development Geology Reference Manual - AAPG

Methods in Exploration Series, No.10,  Am. Ass. Petrol 

Geol., Tulsa, 1992.

R EHM,  B.  MCCLENDON,  R., (1971): Measurement of 

Formation Pressure from Drilling Data. - SPE 46th Annual 

 Fall Meeting, New Orleans, SPE paper 4643, 8p.

R OSE,  R.J.,  TAYLOR ,  M.R.,  JANTZEN,  R.E., (1989):

Information Transfer Standards for Well-Site Data. -Geobyte 1989, 9, Tulsa.

SCHLUMBERGER   (1987): Log Interpretation Principles /

Applications.- SCHLUMBERGER   Educational Services,

Order no. SMP-7017, Houston.

SCHLUMBERGER  (1991): Log Quality Control Reference

Manual, CSU Services. - Paris, 1991.

SCHOWATER , T.T., HESS, P,D., (1982): Interpretation of 

Subsurface Hydrocarbon Shows. - Bull. Am. Ass. Petrol.

Geol ., Vol. 66, No. 9, (September 1982), pp. 1302-1327.

SHARP, J.M. (1983): Permeability Controls on aquathermal

Pressuring. - Bull. Am. Ass. Petrol. Geol., Vol. 67, No. 11,

 pp. 2057 - 2061.

Page 128: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 128/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 128 Literature

SWANSON, R.G., (1981): Sample Examination Manual.-

Methods in Exploration Series.  Am. Ass Petrol. Geol .,

(Publ.), Tulsa.

THEYS,  P.P. (1991): Log Data Acquisition and Quality

Control. - Paris 1991 (Editions Technip, 27 Rue Ginoux

75737 Paris, Cedex 15).

THOMAS,  J.B.  (1981): Classification and Diagenesis of 

Clay Minerals in tight Gas sandstones: Case Studies in

which Clay Mineral Properties are crucial to drilling Fluid

Selection, Formation Evaluation and Completion

techniques. - In: Clays and the Resource Geologist,

Longstaffle, F.J. (Ed.), Mineral Association of Canada,

 pp. 104 - 110.

WAXMAN,  J.B.,  SMITS,  L.J.M., (1968): Electrical

Conductivities in oil-bearing shaly sands. -  Jour. Soc.

 Petrol. Eng ., vol. 8, pp. 107 - 122.

WELEX/HALLIBURTON (1986): Open Hole Services. -Technical Brochure G-6003.

WOODSIDE W.,  MESSMER ,  M.H., (1961): Thermal

Conductivity of porous Media. - Jour. Applied Geophys.,

Vol. 39, pp. 1688 - 1706.

YOUNG, R., LOW, P.F., (1965): Osmosis in Argillaceous

Rocks. - Bull. Am. Ass. Petrol. Geol ., Vol. 49, No. 7, pp.

1004 - 1008.

Page 129: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 129/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 129 Index

Alphabetical Index

AAPG 51Accidents 14Acetone 56, 57Acetylene 36

Acoustic

logging 112 pit volume sensor 26

Acritarchs 68ADT engineer 63AgNO3 21Air 

gap 74

gun 107, 117Alarm 64

gas 25, 135H2S 16

Algae 68marine 67

Alizarin S 21

Aluminum foil 22, 120amber 53

Ammonia 21Ammonites 68Anhydride 103Annulus 81, 82, 87Area geologist 9Area geophysicist 9

Army 13ASCII-format 125Attapulgite 93Authorities 8Autocalcimeter 21, 42Back-flushing 24, 34Background gas

fluctuating 25

BaCl 21Barite 83, 94, 109, 115

in samples 53mud 111Bed 14, 49Benthonite 92-94BHA 78, 79

directional 97

sheet 78BHT 109Binocular 20Biocide 21, 44Biostratigraphy 45Bit

 jets 80

 performance 103tricone 80

BIT tape format 124Blank log forms 11Bleeding core 55Blow out 40

control equipment 87underground 65

BOP 65, 89wireline 107

Bottom hole assembly 47Bottom hole temperature 109, 119,

123Bottoms-up 58Brake 75Breathing apparatus 16

Briefing 9Bulk density

shale 43Bullets 119

Calcimetry 21, 42Calculated GR 111Calculator 11, 13Calibration 24

calcimetry 42

documentation of 20gas 21, 24on charts 34

Caliper 110

Camera 12Camp boss 13

Captain 14Carbide 21, 36, 135Casing 103

 point 103Casing points

selecting 8

Catalytic Gas Detector 23Cathodic protection 112Caustic soda 92Caving 39, 69

overpressure 63 pressure 64

Cement 53in cuttings 52

volume 115Changes

mud volume 40Chartbook 12Chert 103Chip

core 60metal 53

Chitinozoans 68Chloride 118

test 21Chlorides 93Chromatograph 21, 23, 24, 34, 55,

58, 118checklist 135

Circulationfor core 58lost 29, 41, 47

 prior to logging 109reverse 81Claystone 119Cling wrap 22, 120Clorethene 21

Clothes 11CO2 64, 77Coal 92, 119

caving 39Coccoliths 67Coffee 21Collars 78Communication 10, 108

general 7Company 22Company man 7, 14, 16, 22, 23, 27,

31, 33, 36, 40,47, 53, 55, 59,60, 62-64, 82,

92, 97, 103, 104,109, 110, 119

and pressure engineer 63 bit selection 103directional supervision

97drilling report 110fishing log tools 115introduction 14

notification 25stuck logging tools 110

Company stickers 13Compass 97Computer 13, 22, 34, 37, 50, 121

and mudlogging 59 based reporting 48mudlog 35

shared on the rig 50Condensate 54, 57

Conductivity 30Conductivity logging 114Confidentiality 9, 35, 46, 50

charts 35

core 62worksheet 34

Conflicts 17Connection gas 54Consumables 20Contaminant 45Contamination 44

radioactive 115Contractor 

mudlogging 10wireline logging 10

Cooperation 16, 18, 40, 58, 63Core 55

 bleeding 55 box 59

chips 61fiberglass 60fiberglass sleeve 59

gun 119labelling 61marking 60

Correlation 102for sidewall cores 119

general 102offset wells 13sidewall core 119sonic log 112with MWD 58with ROP 58

Costlogging 122

optimize 103Crane 61, 117Crew

 basket 13change 19list 13mudlogging 19

Crewchange 19daily 20geologist 10

Cross over sub 78Cut

crush 57fluorescence 57general 56

in white light 57residual 57

Cuttings 38, 40, 56, 81and oil based mud 94lifting 84shape 39, 64, 81, 93size 82, 84transport 38, 84

transport efficiency 84Cycle skip 112D-exponent 64

 pressure 63Daily Report 49

mudlogging 36Dangerous goods 45DDL tape format 124

Dead end anchor 75Decision makers 11, 108Decision making 103, 104, 116Degasser 55, 89DeLaval sensor 26

Density 64, 95logging 114

Derrick 75Desander 12, 40, 41, 83Description

Page 130: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 130/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 130 Index

core 60, 61geological 35sidewall cores 120subjective 52

Desiccant 24Desilter 12, 40, 41, 83Diesel 57, 94, 109

contaminant 44Digital log data 108Dinoflagellate 68Dipmeter 115Directional

data for logging 109surveying 97

Discoasters 67Diskettes 50, 101

with confidential data 50DLIS tape format 124Doctor 10, 11

Dogleg 97Dolly Parton Effect 122Draw-works 75Drill cuttings 44Drill pipe

general 77logging 110tally 90

Drill ship 74Drill string 34Driller 16, 40, 88, 101Drilling

 break 18, 34, 49, 64, 88data display 33data handbook 12department 9

development 22engineer 22fast 41manager 9 performance 84

Practise 73rate 41routine 40

stop 23with torque 64

Drilling bitselection 103

Drilling break false 79

Drillship 14

DST 63, 95Duties, 8Dynadrill 79Dynamic positioning 74E-mail 62EBIT tape format 124

Emergency 10Encryption of log data 125

Environmentdepositional 68

Equipmentwellsite 11

Explosives 106, 108rating for SWC 119responsibility 8

Facilities 10

Fault 102Fax 10, 12, 46, 49, 62FID 23Files 12Filter cake 81, 95, 109Filtrate

mud 109Final well report 50

Fire 55Fire extinguisher 15, 19, 137First arrival 116

sonic 112

Fishinglog tools 115recreation 17

tools 79FIT 65Flame Ionisation Detector 23Floating rig 14

Flow check 88Flow Line 82, 83Flowline temperature

increase 64

Fluorescence 54, 56, 94cut 57mineral 56

Foraminifera 67Formation

fluids 40water 118

Forms 11

Fracture detection 113Freight agents 11, 45, 62Fungi 68Gain

 pit 64Gamma spectroscopy

log 111Gas 24, 34

alarms 25 background 25, 49, 54,

64chromatograph 23composition 64, 118connection 24cuttings 89

detection 23headspace 44increase 18, 58mud weight 63overpressure 64 poisoneous 19

ratio 24recycled 54

shallow 9, 14show 54solution 94solution gas 38suction line 21, 25, 33trap 24, 25trip 24units 23

zero 54Gas bladder 21, 118Gas composition 24Gas Production Index 71Gel strength 81, 95Geodetic control 117

Geologist 2, 34, 76, 77, 81, 83, 103Geolograph 34

Geophysicist 9, 117Geothermal gradient 123Glass tubes

 pre-evacuated 45Goose neck 75Gradient

geothermal 123

Grain size 51Graph paper 12, 66Gravity

separation of cuttings 38Grinding powder 21Gumbo 103Gun

sidewall core 119Gymnosperm 68Gypsum 21

mud 92Gyro survey 97H2S 16, 19, 77

detector 33Hall effect 29Hand lens 12

Hard hat 11 helicopter 15

HCl 21, 55Heave

compensation 32tidal 28

Helicopter 13, 15, 67, 73

Hematite 94, 115Hole

volume 115Hook 75Hook Load 27, 29, 33

increase 88Hospital 10Hot shot 67

Hot water 21Hot water test 56Hot wire detector 23Hot work 25HWDP 78Hydrocarbon 53

Index 72show 53

Hydrocarbon GasesLiterature 127

Hydrocarbons 56, 57and Rwa 121residual 24

Hydrostatic pressure 117Induction

logging 114

Installationsafe 18

Interpretation 24, 48Invoice 122Iodine 96Jack-up rig 74

Jars 79Junk 53KCl 111Kelly 41, 75, 87

 bushing 76, 109cock 78general 76height 22, 28, 34hose 76

saver-sub 78Kerogen 44, 71Key seat 97Key seating 98Kick 26, 29, 34, 40, 63-66, 83

control 87definition 87

gas 55Lag time 27, 34, 36, 41, 45, 54, 78

differential 38trip gas 54

Laundry 11LCM 41, 53

and MWD 101Leak-Off Test 65Leisure time 17

Liaison officer 13Life jackets 19Lifeboat 13, 14Lifeboat station 14Lignite 92Lignosufonate 52Lignosulfonate 52, 92, 96

Lime 92LIS tape format 124Lithology

description 34 prognosed 103

Living quarters 11, 14, 16

Page 131: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 131/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 131 Index

Loganalyst 111header 120interpretative 48

master 48 percentage 48 presentation 114, 120

quality control 120Log book 18, 20, 24, 25, 34, 37, 42,

46Log Interpretation

Literature 127

Loggingon floating rigs 76real-time 100speed, GR 111

Logging While DrillingLiterature 127

LOT 65

Lubricator logging 107

Magnet 12, 53, 83, 119Magnetic tapes 50Mast 75Master log 11, 48Matrix

lime, sand 115

Maturity 104, 119Megaspores 68Memory.

MWD 100Metal chips 53Methylene blue 64Mica 41, 53, 109, 111Micropaleontologist 67

Micropaleontologysamples 44

Microresistivity 115Microscope 20, 22, 42

micropaleo 69

Microspores 68Microwave oven 33Migration 72

Modem 126Monel 97Monel collar 78Motion compensator 76Mud

additives 52, 53additives, organic 44

 balance 43cake 81, 120cake and density log 115check 109circulation system 81density 31

engineer 92, 109, 118engineering 92

filtrate 30, 64, 95, 112,118

filtrate tracer 95foaming 26gain 35, 40hydraulics 84KCl 93KCl and GR logging 111

kill 87lignosulfonate 92loss 35, 40native 92oil based 93 pits 40

 polymer 93 pressure 31

 properties and gas 24 pump 27resistivity 30, 114sample 109

temperature 30water based 92weight 31, 63, 66, 84, 94

weight, correct 63weight, low 87

Mudengineer 81

Mud density 81Mudlog 35, 36, 52, 101, 136Multi-shot 97Muscovite 53

MWD 8, 22, 58, 65, 77, 100, 121directional survey 97

 Nannoconids 67 Nannofossils 67 Neutron

and gas 55logging 115

 Nitrate 96

 Noise 116sonic background 116

 Notebook 11, 50, 109 Nozzles

 plugged 103 Nutplug 53Offset VSP 117Oil

 base mud 93 biodegraded 56fluorescence 94in mud 95 production index 71skim 51water contact 98, 104

window 72Oil based mud 114Operation

current 49Operations

summary of 49

Operations Geologist 7, 50Operator 

radio 13Overpressure

expected 9from sonic log 112

Overpull 27, 79, 109in key seat 97

Overshot 79Padlocks 12

Paleontology 119Paleozoic 68Palynologist 69Palynology 68

SWC samples 120Palynomorphs 68

Perforating 8Permeability 119

and bleeding 55Petroleum

ether 56Petroleum vapours 23Petrophysicist 9, 119 pH 95Phenolphtalein 21, 52

Phone numbers 11Physical exercise 17Pipe

dope 53tally 28, 34, 77, 136volume 36

Pit

drill 40level sensors 26, 136volume 64volume change 34, 65

Police 13Pollen 68, 69

Pollution 94Polymer 93Pore pressure 24, 117

real-time logging 100Porosity 119

description 52neutron 64

Possum belly 23, 25, 55, 82, 88Potassium 64, 111Potassium chloride 93

Potassiumnitrate 96Potential source rock 

sidewall cores 120Pressure

abnormal 64engineering 63gauge 118gradient plot 66

hydrostatic 24, 117 pore 24standpipe 31sub-normal 65swab 87worksheet 66

Pump booster 39

efficiency 27, 36, 82,135

general 82liner 37output volume 27room 18

PV 23Pyrite 103

in shale 43Pyrolysis 71QC

logging 120Quality control

logging 120

Quick-look 121Radio

leisure 17operator 13 positioning 117report 49room 33shortwave 10silence 119

Radioactive 8, 96storage 106

Ratio-plot 111Reamer 79Repeat section 114, 120Report 25, 36, 48, 57

ad-hoc 49

core 61daily 49geological 49logging 108mudlogging 36 paleo 67sidewall cores 120update 49

Reporting

abnormal pressures 63deadline 49gas 54 period 36

Reservoir gas 55

Residual Petroleum Potential 71

Resistivity 30, 118Resistivity logging 114Responsibility 7, 8, 47, 67

general 8Responsibiliy

sample shipment 46

Page 132: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 132/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 132 Index

RFT 21, 63, 66, 95, 117Rig

floating 32, 109floor 18, 40, 82, 90, 109,

110motion 28 positioning 9

superintendent 14Ring 57Ringing

casing 116Riser 36, 39, 82

RKB 90Rmf 94Rock eval 71Rock-typing 119ROP 28, 34, 48, 90, 100

and MWD 101and pore pressure 63

chart 34checklist 135correlation 58increase 88increasing 64interpretation 90mud weight 63report 49

scale 35system 28tide correction 74units of 28when coring 59while coring 58

Rotary speed 29RPM 79

sensor point 76Ruler 12Rwa 121Safety 14, 104

engineer 119

mudlogging 19of the mudlogging unit

18

radioactive 96shoes 11

Salinity 95Salt 93, 103Sample 40

 bag, empty 46 bags 44

 bit 45catcher 20, 135circulate for 58contaminant 44, 45description 51, 52description manual 12

Examination Manual 12,127

for nannofossils 67interval 41interval while coring 59 jars 120log 48mud 69oil 45 palynomorph 68

 pressurized 45tray 20ultrasonic processing 69unknown origin 41washing 51water 45

water from RFT 118wet, foraminifera 67

Sample preparationmicropaleo 69

Samplesfluid 95

geochem 44hot shot 45shipment 46

washed & dried 44wet 22, 44

Sandtrap 35

Sand trap 83Scintillometric measurement 111Scolecodonts 68Seal

core 61Seismic 102

displays 117Seismic tie 123SEM 67Semi-submersible rig 74Service companies 10Service Ticket 122

SFT 117Shale 119

cavings 63density 43, 64density, test kit 21description 51factor 64shaker 40, 52, 82

shakers 18, 39, 82swelling 103

Sheaves 75Shipment 46Shipping 59

core 62Show 49

gas 54hydrocarbon 49in SWC 119

Show eveluation report 36Sidewall core

general 119

sample 69sidewall cores 120

cleaning 69Sieve 51Sieves 20, 51Single-shot 97SLMO 59Software 13Solids

high gravity 95

Solvent 57Solvent, cut test 56Sonic 112

 Noise triggering 112travel time 64

Source

accoustic 117rock 68, 119

Source rock characterization 71

SPand Magnetism 112check 110drift 110

Spare part

stock 20Spear 79SPM

increase 88Spores 69Sporopollenin 68Spreadsheet 37

Stabilizer 79Stain 55Stand pipe 76Standpipe pressure 31, 103Static SP check 110Stationary 21

Stickers 13Sticking

differential 63

Strapping, drill pipe 108Stratigraphy 49Strip charts 20, 23Suction line 25

Sulfide test 21Supervisor 8, 9, 11, 23, 48, 49, 58,

60, 62, 104, 122

Supply boat 13Survey

directional 97velocity 117

Swab pressure 40, 87Swabbing 87Swivel 75, 76, 78Synthetic seismogram 115

Targetdirectional 97

Target depth 104TD 110Telecommunication 10Telephone 10Telluric currents 112Tension

while logging 110Test

drillstem 25Test tube 57Tetrabromethane 21, 43, 53Texture 51Thermometer 30Thin section 21, 67

Thorium 111Tide

chart 32compensator 32

Time-depth graph 117Titration 64

TOC 71Tool pusher 

logging 107Top drive 76Torque 29, 64, 103

downhole 100sensor (figure) 29sensor point 76

Total gas recorder 23

Total Production Index 71Tracer 95, 118Transmission 108

dipmeter 115Transmittal 46Transport 10Travelling block 75

Trichlorethene 56Trichorethane 43Trip

gas 63gas, definition 54tank 33, 83

Tritium 96True vertical depth 98Turbine 79

TVD playback, QC 120

TVD playback 109Ultraviolet light 56Uranium 111Uranium-free GR 111Uranyl compounds 96

UV box 20, 56, 57Valuables 12Velocity

annular 84seismic 123

Velocity survey 9, 117

Page 133: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 133/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 133 Index

Video displayremote 33

virus 21Viscosity 81, 84, 95

Vitrinite reflectance 104Volcanic 102VSP 9, 116, 117, 123

Washout 31, 119Water 

formation 95fresh 51resistivity 118

salinity 111sample 118sea 51

Welding 112Well

 proposal 13vertical 98

Well reportfinal 23final, data collection 123

Wellsite 102 biostratigrapher 67

Wellsite geologist 2, 7, 9, 14, 20, 41,46, 52, 53, 58,63, 67, 69, 98,

103, 104, 106,119, 120, 123

 job description 2, 7master log 48reporting 48routines 47tasks 18wireline logging 106

Wireline logging 106second engineer 10

WOB 27, 89dogleg 97drill-off 90

Work sheet 41Working clothes 11

Page 134: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 134/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 134 Appendix A, Checklist Mudlogging

Appendix A, Mudlogging Checklist and Technical Audit

Inspection carried out by __________________ 

Date: __________________ 

Rig: __________________ Location: _____________________ 

Mudlogging Contractor: __________________ Logging Unit Number: _____________________ 

Names:

Day Shift Crew Night Shift Crew

Logger #1 Logger #3

Logger #2 Logger #4

Pressure Engineer 

#1

Pressure Engineer #2

Services Provided:Yes:U  No:Y

Total gas detection 9

Gas chromatography   9

Depth / ROP analysis 9

Sample catching (sample catchers only)   9

Monitoring drilling parameters   9

Drilling efficiency   9

Pore pressure prediction   9

Sample preparation and packaging   9

Lithologiocal description   9Mud property data monitoring   9

H2S detection and alarm   9

Core retrieval and packaging   9

Daily reporting functions   9

Directional services   9

Database services   9

Communication/modem   9

Total Gas Detection System

Ist the detection system reliable ? Yes 9   No 9

Does the gas alarm system work ? Yes 9   No 9

Has the gas flow rate been regular ? Yes 9   No 9

Were carbide checks run ? Yes 9   No 9

Last carbide check at (date, depth) ____________________ 

Were the carbide returns of sufficient

magnitude to allow for good control on

lag time ? Yes 9   No 9

After the carbide check, has the hole size

and pump efficiency been re-calculated ? Yes 9   No 9

What are the alarm setting on the

total gas recorder system _________units

Chromatograph Analysis

Has the instrument been calibrated ? Yes 9   No 9

Last calibration made date/time ___________________ 

depth __________________rkb

Lab analysis certificates on on calibration gas bottles ?

Yes 9   No 9

Are records of the last calibration

kept on file ? Yes 9   No 9

What kind of drilling fluid was used over the last drilling

interval or prior to the last calibration ? Air 9

Water 9  

Diesel 9  

Mineral Oil 9

Was the recorder rate increased over 

intervals with shows ? Yes 9   No 9

Page 135: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 135/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 135 Appendix A, Checklist Mudlogging

Brand name and serial no. of the

chromatograph _____________________  

Gas Traps and Lines

Is the gas trap located in optimum position ? Yes 9   No 9Has the gas trap been cleaned and serviced ? Yes 9   No 9

How long since the last inspection: ___________ days

Water Vapor Condenser 

Type of Condenser : _____________________________ 

Serial No.:______________ Installed at:__________________ 

Has the gas line been inspected for cracks,

leakages and internal condensation ? Yes 9   No 9

Type of gas line :______________________________ 

Diameter: _____________mm

Approximate length: _______________m

Have the inspections been documented in thelog book of the mudlogging unit ? Yes 9   No 9

Does the automatic flush-back system work properly and

efficiently ? Yes 9   No 9

Does the line failure alarm operate when the

gas line is blocked ? Yes 9   No 9

Mud agitator:

Agitator speed : ____________rpm

Are all agitator blades in the mud ? Yes 9   No 9

Does the agitator malfunction trigger an alarm in the unit ?

Yes 9   No 9

Depth and Drill Rate Recorder

Type of recorder ? Microswitch 9

Hydraulic 9

Crown Block 9

Drawworks 9

Other (specify): ____________________________ 

Is the depth system independent from the depth system of the

rig used by the driller ? Yes 9   No 9

Does it cover the entire kelly movement ? Yes 9   No 9

Is the recorder reliable when compared to the

drilling contractor's pipe tally ? Yes 9   No 9

Has the recorder been operating continuously ? Yes 9   No 9

Is the selected chart range appropriate ? Yes 9   No 9

What kind of sensor/indicator is used to operate

the ROP system ? ________________________  

Other Sensors

Are pit level sensors installed in

all  mud pits (including reserve and kill pit ) ? Yes 9   No 9

How many pit sensors are installed ? _____________units

What is the alarm setting on the

 pit level totalizer ? ±________bbl

What is the usual back-flow from the

surface system after the pumps have been

switched off ? ________bbl

H2S sensors installed and running ? Yes 9   No 9

Last check / calibration ? date____/____/____ 

Alarm level threshold __________ppm

Is a carbon dioxide detector installed ? Yes 9   No 9

Sample Catching and Preparation

Are the sample being caught at the intervals

specified by the well programme or the

geologist ? Yes 9   No 9

Is the sample board under the shakers cleaned

every time a sample is taken ? Yes 9   No 9

Is the mud temperature measured at least every six hours with

a thermometer and compared to the sensor measurements ?

Yes 9   No 9

Is the output from the desander checked every

time a sample is taken ? Yes 9   No 9

Is the fine material included in the bagged

in the sample bag ? Yes 9   No 9

Are samples packed into pre-labelled bags ? Yes 9   No 9

Are wet samples in cloth bags dried prior to packaging and

shipment to town ? Yes 9   No 9

Sample Description and Documentation

Are the lithological descriptions discussed and

agreed with the geologist ? Yes 9   No 9

Are all samples screened for fluorescence ? Yes 9   No 9

Has the mudlog been kept up to date and

available for the geologist's inspection ? Yes 9   No 9

Is the geological description and interpretation

 professional and correct ? Yes 9   No 9

Are the work sheets filled out and

filed properly ? Yes 9   No 9

Data Gathering and Documentation

Are the strip charts annotated properly with

a time mark every hour, date, type of operation

(drilling, circulating, etc.) and are allunusual events marked, reasons given ? Yes 9   No 9

What computer system is used _______________________ 

Page 136: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 136/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 136 Appendix A, Checklist Mudlogging

Is the computer system and data format compatible with the

system used by the oil company ? Yes 9   No 9

Are the data backed up regularly ? Yes 9   No 9

What back-up system is used ________________________ 

When was the last back-up made : ______/______/_______ 

Has the computer been checked with an anti-virus program ?

Yes 9   No 9

Video Display Units (VDU)

How many units are installed ? ________screens

Where ?

#1 at __________________________working ?Yes 9   No 9

#2 at __________________________working ?Yes 9   No 9

#3 at __________________________working ?Yes 9   No 9

#4 at __________________________working ?Yes 9   No 9

#5 at __________________________working ?Yes 9   No 9

Operational EfficiencyWas rig time lost due to mudlogging equipment

malfunction ? Yes 9   No 9

Was rig time lost due to any problems arising from the

mudlogging ? Yes 9   No 9

Safety standards in the units:

Fire extinguisher available ? Yes 9   No 9

Exhaust and fresh air supply o.k. ? Yes 9   No 9

Safety goggles worn near the shakers ?Yes 9   No 9

Safety boots worn at all t imes ? Yes 9   No 9

Is the unit manned and powered up at all times

during drilling, tripping, testing and other operations ?

Yes 9   No 9

Do the mudloggers communicate properly with the rig floor ?

Yes 9   No 9

Any language problems ? Yes 9   No 9

Language used for communication : ____________________ 

Is the access to the unit limited to

authorized personnel only ? Yes 9   No 9

Rating of Services :

9  GOOD/EXCELLENT   9  FAIR/ACCEPTABLE   9  POOR    9  DANGEROUSLY POOR 

If the rating of services is less than fair, indicate reasons for it:

9  Poor/old equipment   9  Insufficient maintenance   9  No support from contractor's town office

9  Unqualified Personnel   9  Attitudinal problems   9  No support from operator 

9  No support from drilling   9  Technical environment problems

  (no electricity, no water, etc.)

Other Comments:

What measures can be taken to improve the situation ?

Page 137: Geolgy Guide

8/10/2019 Geolgy Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/geolgy-guide 137/137

The Wellsite Guide Page 137 Appendix A, Checklist Mudlogging

Signed by:

Mudlogging Unit Captain : ________________________ Date: ___/___/___ 

Wellsite Geologist : ______________________________ 


Recommended